Provided by: ns3-doc_3.29+dfsg-3_all bug

NAME

       ns-3-manual - ns-3 Manual

       This  is  the ns-3 Manual. Primary documentation for the ns-3 project is available in five
       forms:

       · ns-3 Doxygen: Documentation of the public APIs of the simulator

       · Tutorial, Manual  (this  document),  and  Model  Library  for  the  latest  release  and
         development tree

       · ns-3 wiki

       This  document  is  written  in  reStructuredText  for  Sphinx  and  is  maintained in the
       doc/manual directory of ns-3’s source code.

ORGANIZATION

       This chapter describes the  overall  ns-3  software  organization  and  the  corresponding
       organization of this manual.

       ns-3  is  a  discrete-event  network simulator in which the simulation core and models are
       implemented in C++. ns-3 is built as a library which  may  be  statically  or  dynamically
       linked  to  a  C++  main  program  that  defines  the  simulation  topology and starts the
       simulator. ns-3 also exports nearly all of its API to Python, allowing Python programs  to
       import  an  “ns3” module in much the same way as the ns-3 library is linked by executables
       in C++.
         [image] Software organization of ns-3.UNINDENT

         The source code for ns-3 is mostly organized in the src directory and can  be  described
         by  the  diagram  in Software organization of ns-3. We will work our way from the bottom
         up; in general, modules only have dependencies on modules beneath them in the figure.

         We first describe the core of the simulator; those components that are common across all
         protocol,  hardware,  and  environmental  models.  The simulation core is implemented in
         src/core. Packets are fundamental objects in a network simulator and are implemented  in
         src/network.  These  two  simulation  modules  by  themselves are intended to comprise a
         generic simulation core that can be used  by  different  kinds  of  networks,  not  just
         Internet-based  networks.  The above modules of ns-3 are independent of specific network
         and device models, which are covered in subsequent parts of this manual.

         In addition to the above ns-3 core, we introduce, also in the  initial  portion  of  the
         manual,  two  other  modules  that supplement the core C++-based API.  ns-3 programs may
         access all of the API directly or may make use of a so-called helper API  that  provides
         convenient wrappers or encapsulation of low-level API calls. The fact that ns-3 programs
         can be written to two APIs (or a combination thereof) is a  fundamental  aspect  of  the
         simulator.  We also describe how Python is supported in ns-3 before moving onto specific
         models of relevance to network simulation.

         The remainder of the  manual  is  focused  on  documenting  the  models  and  supporting
         capabilities.   The  next part focuses on two fundamental objects in ns-3:  the Node and
         NetDevice. Two special NetDevice types are designed to  support  network  emulation  use
         cases,   and  emulation  is  described  next.   The  following  chapter  is  devoted  to
         Internet-related models, including the sockets API used by  Internet  applications.  The
         next chapter covers applications, and the following chapter describes additional support
         for simulation, such as animators and statistics.

         The project maintains a separate manual devoted to testing and validation of  ns-3  code
         (see the ns-3 Testing and Validation manual).

RANDOM VARIABLES

       ns-3  contains  a  built-in  pseudo-random  number  generator  (PRNG). It is important for
       serious users of the simulator to understand the functionality, configuration,  and  usage
       of this PRNG, and to decide whether it is sufficient for his or her research use.

   Quick Overview
       ns-3 random numbers are provided via instances of ns3::RandomVariableStream.

       · by  default,  ns-3  simulations  use  a  fixed  seed;  if there is any randomness in the
         simulation, each run of the program will yield identical results unless the seed  and/or
         run number is changed.

       · in  ns-3.3  and  earlier,  ns-3  simulations used a random seed by default; this marks a
         change in policy starting with ns-3.4.

       · in ns-3.14  and  earlier,  ns-3  simulations  used  a  different  wrapper  class  called
         ns3::RandomVariable.     As    of   ns-3.15,   this   class   has   been   replaced   by
         ns3::RandomVariableStream;  the  underlying  pseudo-random  number  generator  has   not
         changed.

       · to  obtain  randomness  across  multiple  simulation  runs, you must either set the seed
         differently  or   set   the   run   number   differently.    To   set   a   seed,   call
         ns3::RngSeedManager::SetSeed() at the beginning of the program; to set a run number with
         the same seed, call ns3::RngSeedManager::SetRun() at the beginning of the  program;  see
         Creating random variables.

       · each  RandomVariableStream used in ns-3 has a virtual random number generator associated
         with it; all random variables use either a fixed or random seed based on the use of  the
         global seed (previous bullet);

       · if  you  intend  to  perform  multiple  runs of the same scenario, with different random
         numbers, please be sure to read the section on how to perform independent  replications:
         Creating random variables.

       Read further for more explanation about the random number facility for ns-3.

   Background
       Simulations  use  a  lot  of random numbers; one study found that most network simulations
       spend as much as 50% of the CPU generating random numbers.  Simulation users  need  to  be
       concerned  with  the  quality  of the (pseudo) random numbers and the independence between
       different streams of random numbers.

       Users need to be concerned with a few issues, such as:

       · the seeding of  the  random  number  generator  and  whether  a  simulation  outcome  is
         deterministic or not,

       · how  to  acquire  different  streams  of  random  numbers  that are independent from one
         another, and

       · how long it takes for streams to cycle

       We will introduce a few terms here:  a RNG provides a long  sequence  of  (pseudo)  random
       numbers.   The  length  of this sequence is called the cycle length or period, after which
       the RNG will repeat itself.  This sequence can be  partitioned into disjoint  streams.   A
       stream of a RNG is a contiguous subset or block of the RNG sequence.  For instance, if the
       RNG period is of length N, and two streams are provided from  this  RNG,  then  the  first
       stream  might  use the first N/2 values and the second stream might produce the second N/2
       values.  An important property here is that the two streams are  uncorrelated.   Likewise,
       each  stream  can be partitioned disjointedly to a number of uncorrelated substreams.  The
       underlying RNG hopefully produces a pseudo-random sequence of numbers  with  a  very  long
       cycle length, and partitions this into streams and substreams in an efficient manner.

       ns-3  uses  the  same  underlying  random  number  generator  as  does ns-2:  the MRG32k3a
       generator  from   Pierre   L’Ecuyer.    A   detailed   description   can   be   found   in
       http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/~lecuyer/myftp/papers/streams00.pdf.   The  MRG32k3a generator
       provides 1.8x10^{19} independent streams of random numbers,  each  of  which  consists  of
       2.3x10^{15}  substreams.  Each  substream has a period (i.e., the number of random numbers
       before overlap) of 7.6x10^{22}. The period of the entire generator is 3.1x10^{57}.

       Class ns3::RandomVariableStream is the public interface to this underlying  random  number
       generator.   When  users  create new random variables (such as ns3::UniformRandomVariable,
       ns3::ExponentialRandomVariable, etc.),  they  create  an  object  that  uses  one  of  the
       distinct,  independent  streams of the random number generator.  Therefore, each object of
       type ns3::RandomVariableStream has, conceptually, its  own  “virtual”  RNG.   Furthermore,
       each ns3::RandomVariableStream can be configured to use one of the set of substreams drawn
       from the main stream.

       An alternate implementation would  be  to  allow  each  RandomVariable  to  have  its  own
       (differently  seeded)  RNG.   However,  we cannot guarantee as strongly that the different
       sequences would be uncorrelated in such a case; hence, we prefer to use a single  RNG  and
       streams and substreams from it.

   Creating random variables
       ns-3   supports   a   number   of   random   variable   objects   from   the   base  class
       RandomVariableStream.  These objects derive from ns3::Object  and  are  handled  by  smart
       pointers.

       The  correct  way  to  create these objects is to use the templated CreateObject<> method,
       such as:

          Ptr<UniformRandomVariable> x = CreateObject<UniformRandomVariable> ();

       then you can access values by calling methods on the object such as:

          myRandomNo = x->GetInteger ();

       If you try to instead do something like this:

          myRandomNo = UniformRandomVariable().GetInteger ();

       your program will encounter a segmentation fault, because  the  implementation  relies  on
       some attribute construction that occurs only when CreateObject is called.

       Much  of  the  rest  of  this  chapter  now  discusses  the  properties  of  the stream of
       pseudo-random numbers generated from such objects, and how to control the seeding of  such
       objects.

   Seeding and independent replications
       ns-3  simulations  can  be  configured to produce deterministic or random results.  If the
       ns-3 simulation is configured to use a fixed, deterministic seed with the same run number,
       it should give the same output each time it is run.

       By  default, ns-3 simulations use a fixed seed and run number.  These values are stored in
       two ns3::GlobalValue instances: g_rngSeed and g_rngRun.

       A typical use case is to run a simulation as a sequence of independent trials,  so  as  to
       compute  statistics on a large number of independent runs.  The user can either change the
       global seed and rerun the simulation, or can advance the substream state of the RNG, which
       is referred to as incrementing the run number.

       A  class  ns3::RngSeedManager  provides  an  API  to  control  the  seeding and run number
       behavior.  This seeding and substream state setting  must  be  called  before  any  random
       variables are created; e.g:

          RngSeedManager::SetSeed (3);  // Changes seed from default of 1 to 3
          RngSeedManager::SetRun (7);   // Changes run number from default of 1 to 7
          // Now, create random variables
          Ptr<UniformRandomVariable> x = CreateObject<UniformRandomVariable> ();
          Ptr<ExponentialRandomVariable> y = CreateObject<ExponentialRandomVarlable> ();
          ...

       Which  is  better,  setting  a  new  seed  or  advancing the substream state?  There is no
       guarantee that the streams produced by two random seeds will not overlap.  The only way to
       guarantee  that  two streams do not overlap is to use the substream capability provided by
       the RNG implementation.  Therefore, use  the  substream  capability  to  produce  multiple
       independent  runs  of the same simulation. In other words, the more statistically rigorous
       way to configure multiple independent replications is to use a fixed seed and  to  advance
       the  run  number.   This  implementation  allows  for a maximum of 2.3x10^{15} independent
       replications using the substreams.

       For ease of use, it is not necessary to control the seed and run number  from  within  the
       program; the user can set the NS_GLOBAL_VALUE environment variable as follows:

          $ NS_GLOBAL_VALUE="RngRun=3" ./waf --run program-name

       Another  way  to control this is by passing a command-line argument; since this is an ns-3
       GlobalValue instance, it is equivalently done such as follows:

          $ ./waf --command-template="%s --RngRun=3" --run program-name

       or, if you are running programs directly outside of waf:

          $ ./build/optimized/scratch/program-name --RngRun=3

       The above command-line variants make it easy to run lots of different runs  from  a  shell
       script by just passing a different RngRun index.

   Class RandomVariableStream
       All  random  variables should derive from class RandomVariable. This base class provides a
       few methods for globally configuring the behavior of the random number generator.  Derived
       classes  provide  API  for  drawing random variates from the particular distribution being
       supported.

       Each RandomVariableStream created in the simulation is given a generator  that  is  a  new
       RNGStream  from  the  underlying  PRNG.  Used  in this manner, the L’Ecuyer implementation
       allows for a maximum of 1.8x10^19 random variables.  Each  random  variable  in  a  single
       replication can produce up to 7.6x10^22 random numbers before overlapping.

   Base class public API
       Below  are  excerpted  a  few public methods of class RandomVariableStream that access the
       next value in the substream.

          /**
           * \brief Returns a random double from the underlying distribution
           * \return A floating point random value
           */
          double GetValue (void) const;

          /**
           * \brief Returns a random integer from the underlying distribution
           * \return  Integer cast of ::GetValue()
           */
          uint32_t GetInteger (void) const;

       We have already  described  the  seeding  configuration  above.  Different  RandomVariable
       subclasses may have additional API.

   Types of RandomVariables
       The  following  types  of  random  variables  are provided, and are documented in the ns-3
       Doxygen or by reading  src/core/model/random-variable-stream.h.   Users  can  also  create
       their own custom random variables by deriving from class RandomVariableStream.

       · class UniformRandomVariable

       · class ConstantRandomVariable

       · class SequentialRandomVariable

       · class ExponentialRandomVariable

       · class ParetoRandomVariable

       · class WeibullRandomVariable

       · class NormalRandomVariable

       · class LogNormalRandomVariable

       · class GammaRandomVariable

       · class ErlangRandomVariable

       · class TriangularRandomVariable

       · class ZipfRandomVariable

       · class ZetaRandomVariable

       · class DeterministicRandomVariable

       · class EmpiricalRandomVariable

   Semantics of RandomVariableStream objects
       RandomVariableStream objects derive from ns3::Object and are handled by smart pointers.

       RandomVariableStream  instances  can  also  be  used  in ns-3 attributes, which means that
       values can be set for them through the ns-3  attribute  system.   An  example  is  in  the
       propagation models for WifiNetDevice:

          TypeId
          RandomPropagationDelayModel::GetTypeId (void)
          {
            static TypeId tid = TypeId ("ns3::RandomPropagationDelayModel")
              .SetParent<PropagationDelayModel> ()
              .SetGroupName ("Propagation")
              .AddConstructor<RandomPropagationDelayModel> ()
              .AddAttribute ("Variable",
                             "The random variable which generates random delays (s).",
                             StringValue ("ns3::UniformRandomVariable"),
                             MakePointerAccessor (&RandomPropagationDelayModel::m_variable),
                             MakePointerChecker<RandomVariableStream> ())
              ;
            return tid;
          }

       Here,  the ns-3 user can change the default random variable for this delay model (which is
       a UniformRandomVariable ranging from 0 to 1) through the attribute system.

   Using other PRNG
       There is presently no support  for  substituting  a  different  underlying  random  number
       generator (e.g., the GNU Scientific Library or the Akaroa package).  Patches are welcome.

   Setting the stream number
       The  underlying  MRG32k3a generator provides 2^64 independent streams.  In ns-3, these are
       assigned sequentially starting from the first stream as new RandomVariableStream instances
       make their first call to GetValue().

       As  a result of how these RandomVariableStream objects are assigned to underlying streams,
       the assignment is  sensitive  to  perturbations  of  the  simulation  configuration.   The
       consequence  is that if any aspect of the simulation configuration is changed, the mapping
       of RandomVariables to streams may (or may not) change.

       As a concrete example, a user running a comparative study between  routing  protocols  may
       find  that  the  act  of  changing  one  routing protocol for another will notice that the
       underlying mobility pattern also changed.

       Starting with ns-3.15, some  control  has  been  provided  to  users  to  allow  users  to
       optionally  fix  the  assignment  of  selected  RandomVariableStream objects to underlying
       streams.  This is the Stream attribute, part of the base class RandomVariableStream.

       By partitioning the existing sequence of streams from before:

          <-------------------------------------------------------------------------->
          stream 0                                                   stream (2^64 - 1)

       into two equal-sized sets:

          <-------------------------------------------------------------------------->
          ^                                    ^^                                    ^
          |                                    ||                                    |
          stream 0            stream (2^63 - 1)  stream 2^63         stream (2^64 - 1)
          <- automatically assigned -----------><- assigned by user ----------------->

       The first 2^63 streams continue to be automatically assigned,  while  the  last  2^63  are
       given stream indices starting with zero up to 2^63-1.

       The   assignment   of  streams  to  a  fixed  stream  number  is  optional;  instances  of
       RandomVariableStream that do not have a stream value assigned will be  assigned  the  next
       one from the pool of automatic streams.

       To  fix  a  RandomVariableStream  to  a  particular  underlying  stream, assign its Stream
       attribute to a non-negative integer (the default value of -1 means that a  value  will  be
       automatically allocated).

   Publishing your results
       When  you  publish  simulation  results, a key piece of configuration information that you
       should always state is how you used the random number generator.

       · what seeds you used,

       · what RNG you used if not the default,

       · how were independent runs performed,

       · for large simulations, how did you check that you did not cycle.

       It is incumbent on the researcher publishing results  to  include  enough  information  to
       allow  others  to  reproduce his or her results. It is also incumbent on the researcher to
       convince oneself that the random numbers used were statistically valid, and  to  state  in
       the paper why such confidence is assumed.

   Summary
       Let’s review what things you should do when creating a simulation.

       · Decide  whether  you  are  running with a fixed seed or random seed; a fixed seed is the
         default,

       · Decide how you are going to manage independent replications, if applicable,

       · Convince yourself that you are not drawing more random values than the cycle length,  if
         you are running a very long simulation, and

       · When  you  publish, follow the guidelines above about documenting your use of the random
         number generator.

HASH FUNCTIONS

       ns-3 provides a generic interface to general purpose  hash  functions.   In  the  simplest
       usage,  the  hash  function  returns the 32-bit or 64-bit hash of a data buffer or string.
       The default underlying hash function is murmur3, chosen because it has good hash  function
       properties and offers a 64-bit version.  The venerable FNV1a hash is also available.

       There  is  a  straight-forward  mechanism to add (or provide at run time) alternative hash
       function implementations.

   Basic Usage
       The simplest way to get a hash value of a data buffer or string is just:

          #include "ns3/hash.h"

          using namespace ns3;

          char * buffer = ...
          size_t buffer_size = ...

          uint32_t  buffer_hash = Hash32 ( buffer, buffer_size);

          std::string s;
          uint32_t  string_hash = Hash32 (s);

       Equivalent functions are defined for 64-bit hash values.

   Incremental Hashing
       In some situations it’s useful to compute the hash of multiple buffers,  as  if  they  had
       been  joined  together.  (For example, you might want the hash of a packet stream, but not
       want to assemble a single buffer with the combined contents of all the packets.)

       This is almost as straight-forward as the first example:

          #include "ns3/hash.h"

          using namespace ns3;

          char * buffer;
          size_t buffer_size;

          Hasher hasher;  // Use default hash function

          for (<every buffer>)
            {
                buffer = get_next_buffer ();
                hasher (buffer, buffer_size);
            }
          uint32_t combined_hash = hasher.GetHash32 ();

       By default Hasher preserves internal state to enable incremental hashing.  If you want  to
       reuse  a  Hasher  object  (for  example  because  it’s  configured with a non-default hash
       function), but don’t want to add to the previously computed  hash,  you  need  to  clear()
       first:

          hasher.clear ().GetHash32 (buffer, buffer_size);

       This reinitializes the internal state before hashing the buffer.

   Using an Alternative Hash Function
       The  default  hash  function  is  murmur3.   FNV1a is also available.  To specify the hash
       function explicitly, use this constructor:

          Hasher hasher = Hasher ( Create<Hash::Function::Fnv1a> () );

   Adding New Hash Function Implementations
       To add the hash function foo, follow the hash-murmur3.h/.cc pattern:

          · Create  a   class   declaration   (.h)   and   definition   (.cc)   inheriting   from
            Hash::Implementation.

          · include the declaration in hash.h (at the point where hash-murmur3.h is included.

          · In   your   own  code,  instantiate  a  Hasher  object  via  the  constructor  Hasher
            (Ptr<Hash::Function::Foo> ())

       If your hash function is a single function, e.g. hashf, you don’t even need  to  create  a
       new class derived from HashImplementation:

          Hasher hasher =
            Hasher ( Create<Hash::Function::Hash32> (&hashf) );

       For this to compile, your hashf has to match one of the function pointer signatures:

          typedef uint32_t (*Hash32Function_ptr) (const char *, const size_t);
          typedef uint64_t (*Hash64Function_ptr) (const char *, const size_t);

   Sources for Hash Functions
       Sources for other hash function implementations include:

          · Peter Kankowski: http://www.strchr.com

          · Arash Partow:    http://www.partow.net/programming/hashfunctions/index.html

          · SMHasher:        http://code.google.com/p/smhasher/

          · Sanmayce:        http://www.sanmayce.com/Fastest_Hash/index.html

EVENTS AND SIMULATOR

       ns-3  is a discrete-event network simulator.  Conceptually, the simulator keeps track of a
       number of events that are scheduled to execute at a specified simulation time.  The job of
       the  simulator  is to execute the events in sequential time order.  Once the completion of
       an event occurs, the simulator will move to the next event (or will exit if there  are  no
       more  events in the event queue).  If, for example, an event scheduled for simulation time
       “100 seconds” is executed, and the next event is not scheduled until  “200  seconds”,  the
       simulator  will  immediately  jump from 100 seconds to 200 seconds (of simulation time) to
       execute the next event.  This is what is meant by “discrete-event” simulator.

       To make this all happen, the simulator needs a few things:

       1. a simulator object that can access an event queue where events are stored and that  can
          manage the execution of events

       2. a scheduler responsible for inserting and removing events from the queue

       3. a way to represent simulation time

       4. the events themselves

       This  chapter  of  the  manual  describes these fundamental objects (simulator, scheduler,
       time, event) and how they are used.

   Event
       To be completed

   Simulator
       The Simulator class is the public entry point to access event scheduling facilities.  Once
       a  couple  of  events  have  been scheduled to start the simulation, the user can start to
       execute them by entering the simulator main loop (call Simulator::Run). Once the main loop
       starts  running, it will sequentially execute all scheduled events in order from oldest to
       most  recent  until  there  are  either  no  more  events  left  in  the  event  queue  or
       Simulator::Stop has been called.

       To  schedule events for execution by the simulator main loop, the Simulator class provides
       the Simulator::Schedule* family of functions.

       1. Handling event handlers with different signatures

       These functions are declared and implemented as C++ templates to handle automatically  the
       wide variety of C++ event handler signatures used in the wild. For example, to schedule an
       event to execute 10 seconds in the future, and  invoke  a  C++  method  or  function  with
       specific arguments, you might write this:

          void handler (int arg0, int arg1)
          {
            std::cout << "handler called with argument arg0=" << arg0 << " and
               arg1=" << arg1 << std::endl;
          }

          Simulator::Schedule(Seconds(10), &handler, 10, 5);

       Which will output:

          handler called with argument arg0=10 and arg1=5

       Of  course,  these  C++  templates  can  also  handle  transparently member methods on C++
       objects:

       To be completed:  member method example

       Notes:

       · the ns-3 Schedule methods recognize automatically functions and  methods  only  if  they
         take  less  than 5 arguments. If you need them to support more arguments, please, file a
         bug report.

       · Readers  familiar  with   the   term   ‘fully-bound   functors’   will   recognize   the
         Simulator::Schedule methods as a way to automatically construct such objects.

       2. Common scheduling operations

       The  Simulator  API  was  designed  to  make  it really simple to schedule most events. It
       provides three variants to do so (ordered from most commonly used to least commonly used):

       · Schedule methods which allow you to schedule an event in the  future  by  providing  the
         delay between the current simulation time and the expiration date of the target event.

       · ScheduleNow  methods  which  allow  you  to schedule an event for the current simulation
         time: they will execute _after_ the current event is finished executing but _before_ the
         simulation time is changed for the next event.

       · ScheduleDestroy methods which allow you to hook in the shutdown process of the Simulator
         to cleanup simulation resources: every ‘destroy’ event is executed when the  user  calls
         the Simulator::Destroy method.

       3. Maintaining the simulation context

       There  are  two  basic  ways to schedule events, with and without context.  What does this
       mean?

          Simulator::Schedule (Time const &time, MEM mem_ptr, OBJ obj);

       vs.

          Simulator::ScheduleWithContext (uint32_t context, Time const &time, MEM mem_ptr, OBJ obj);

       Readers who invest time and effort in developing or using a non-trivial  simulation  model
       will  know the value of the ns-3 logging framework to debug simple and complex simulations
       alike. One of the important features that is provided by this  logging  framework  is  the
       automatic display of the network node id associated with the ‘currently’ running event.

       The  node  id  of the currently executing network node is in fact tracked by the Simulator
       class. It can  be  accessed  with  the  Simulator::GetContext  method  which  returns  the
       ‘context’  (a  32-bit  integer) associated and stored in the currently-executing event. In
       some rare cases, when an event is  not  associated  with  a  specific  network  node,  its
       ‘context’ is set to 0xffffffff.

       To  associate a context to each event, the Schedule, and ScheduleNow methods automatically
       reuse the context of the currently-executing event as the context of the  event  scheduled
       for execution later.

       In  some  cases,  most notably when simulating the transmission of a packet from a node to
       another, this behavior is undesirable since the expected context of the reception event is
       that  of  the  receiving  node, not the sending node. To avoid this problem, the Simulator
       class provides a specific schedule method: ScheduleWithContext which allows one to provide
       explicitly the node id of the receiving node associated with the receive event.

       XXX: code example

       In  some  very  rare  cases, developers might need to modify or understand how the context
       (node id) of the first event is set to that of its associated node. This  is  accomplished
       by  the  NodeList  class:  whenever  a  new  node  is  created,  the  NodeList  class uses
       ScheduleWithContext to schedule a ‘initialize’ event for this node. The ‘initialize’ event
       thus  executes with a context set to that of the node id and can use the normal variety of
       Schedule methods. It invokes the Node::Initialize method which propagates the ‘initialize’
       event  by  calling  the  DoInitialize method for each object associated with the node. The
       DoInitialize method overridden in some of these objects (most notably in  the  Application
       base  class)  will schedule some events (most notably Application::StartApplication) which
       will  in  turn  scheduling  traffic  generation  events  which  will  in   turn   schedule
       network-level events.

       Notes:

       · Users  need  to  be  careful to propagate DoInitialize methods across objects by calling
         Initialize explicitly on their member objects

       · The context id associated with each ScheduleWithContext method  has  other  uses  beyond
         logging:  it is used by an experimental branch of ns-3 to perform parallel simulation on
         multicore systems using multithreading.

       The Simulator::* functions do not know what the context is: they  merely  make  sure  that
       whatever  context you specify with ScheduleWithContext is available when the corresponding
       event executes with ::GetContext.

       It is up to the models implemented on top of Simulator::* to interpret the context  value.
       In  ns-3,  the  network  models  interpret  the  context  as the node id of the node which
       generated  an  event.  This  is  why  it  is  important  to  call  ScheduleWithContext  in
       ns3::Channel  subclasses  because  we are generating an event from node i to node j and we
       want to make sure that the event which will run on node j has the right context.

   Time
       To be completed

   Scheduler
       To be completed

CALLBACKS

       Some new users to ns-3 are unfamiliar with an  extensively  used  programming  idiom  used
       throughout  the  code:  the  ns-3  callback.  This chapter provides some motivation on the
       callback, guidance on how to use it, and details on its implementation.

   Callbacks Motivation
       Consider that you have two simulation models A and B, and  you  wish  to  have  them  pass
       information  between  them during the simulation. One way that you can do that is that you
       can make A and B each explicitly knowledgeable about the other, so that  they  can  invoke
       methods on each other:

          class A {
          public:
            void ReceiveInput ( // parameters );
            ...
          }

          (in another source file:)

          class B {
          public:
            void DoSomething (void);
            ...

          private:
            A* a_instance; // pointer to an A
          }

          void
          B::DoSomething()
          {
            // Tell a_instance that something happened
            a_instance->ReceiveInput ( // parameters);
            ...
          }

       This  certainly  works, but it has the drawback that it introduces a dependency on A and B
       to know about the other at  compile  time  (this  makes  it  harder  to  have  independent
       compilation  units in the simulator) and is not generalized; if in a later usage scenario,
       B needs to talk to a completely different C object, the source code  for  B  needs  to  be
       changed  to  add  a  c_instance and so forth. It is easy to see that this is a brute force
       mechanism of communication that can lead to programming cruft in the models.

       This is not to say that objects should not know about one  another  if  there  is  a  hard
       dependency  between  them,  but  that  often  the  model  can be made more flexible if its
       interactions are less constrained at compile time.

       This is not an abstract problem for network simulation research, but rather it has been  a
       source  of  problems in previous simulators, when researchers want to extend or modify the
       system to do different things (as they are apt to do in research). Consider, for  example,
       a user who wants to add an IPsec security protocol sublayer between TCP and IP:

          ------------                   -----------
          |   TCP    |                   |  TCP    |
          ------------                   -----------
               |           becomes ->        |
          -----------                    -----------
          |   IP    |                    | IPsec   |
          -----------                    -----------
                                             |
                                         -----------
                                         |   IP    |
                                         -----------

       If  the simulator has made assumptions, and hard coded into the code, that IP always talks
       to a transport protocol above, the user may be forced  to  hack  the  system  to  get  the
       desired  interconnections.  This  is  clearly  not  an  optimal  way  to  design a generic
       simulator.

   Callbacks Background
       NOTE:
          Readers familiar with programming callbacks may skip this tutorial section.

       The basic mechanism that allows one to address the problem above is known as  a  callback.
       The  ultimate  goal  is  to  allow one piece of code to call a function (or method in C++)
       without any specific inter-module dependency.

       This ultimately means you need some kind of indirection – you treat  the  address  of  the
       called  function  as  a variable.  This variable is called a pointer-to-function variable.
       The relationship between function and pointer-to-function pointer is really  no  different
       that that of object and pointer-to-object.

       In     C     the     canonical     example     of     a     pointer-to-function    is    a
       pointer-to-function-returning-integer (PFI). For a PFI  taking  one  int  parameter,  this
       could be declared like,:

          int (*pfi)(int arg) = 0;

       What  you get from this is a variable named simply pfi that is initialized to the value 0.
       If you want to initialize this pointer  to  something  meaningful,  you  have  to  have  a
       function with a matching signature. In this case:

          int MyFunction (int arg) {}

       If you have this target, you can initialize the variable to point to your function like:

          pfi = MyFunction;

       You can then call MyFunction indirectly using the more suggestive form of the call:

          int result = (*pfi) (1234);

       This  is  suggestive  since  it looks like you are dereferencing the function pointer just
       like you would dereference any pointer. Typically, however, people take advantage  of  the
       fact that the compiler knows what is going on and will just use a shorter form:

          int result = pfi (1234);

       Notice that the function pointer obeys value semantics, so you can pass it around like any
       other value. Typically, when you use an asynchronous interface you will pass  some  entity
       like  this  to  a  function  which will perform an action and call back to let you know it
       completed. It calls back by following the indirection and executing the provided function.

       In C++ you have the added complexity of objects. The analogy with the PFI above means  you
       have  a  pointer  to  a  member  function returning an int (PMI) instead of the pointer to
       function returning an int (PFI).

       The declaration of the variable providing the indirection looks only slightly different:

          int (MyClass::*pmi) (int arg) = 0;

       This declares a variable named pmi just as the previous example declared a variable  named
       pfi.  Since  the  will  be to call a method of an instance of a particular class, one must
       declare that method in a class:

          class MyClass {
          public:
            int MyMethod (int arg);
          };

       Given this class declaration, one would then initialize that variable like this:

          pmi = &MyClass::MyMethod;

       This assigns the address of the code implementing the method to the  variable,  completing
       the  indirection. In order to call a method, the code needs a this pointer. This, in turn,
       means there must be an object of MyClass to refer to. A simplistic example of this is just
       calling a method indirectly (think virtual function):

          int (MyClass::*pmi) (int arg) = 0;  // Declare a PMI
          pmi = &MyClass::MyMethod;           // Point at the implementation code

          MyClass myClass;                    // Need an instance of the class
          (myClass.*pmi) (1234);              // Call the method with an object ptr

       Just  like  in  the  C example, you can use this in an asynchronous call to another module
       which will call back using a method and an object pointer. The  straightforward  extension
       one  might  consider  is  to pass a pointer to the object and the PMI variable. The module
       would just do:

          (*objectPtr.*pmi) (1234);

       to execute the callback on the desired object.

       One might ask at this time, what’s the point? The called module will  have  to  understand
       the  concrete  type  of the calling object in order to properly make the callback. Why not
       just accept this, pass the correctly typed object pointer and do  object->Method(1234)  in
       the  code instead of the callback?  This is precisely the problem described above. What is
       needed is a way to decouple the calling function from the called  class  completely.  This
       requirement led to the development of the Functor.

       A  functor  is  the  outgrowth of something invented in the 1960s called a closure.  It is
       basically just a packaged-up function call, possibly with some state.

       A functor has two parts, a specific part and a generic part, related through  inheritance.
       The  calling  code (the code that executes the callback) will execute a generic overloaded
       operator () of a generic functor to cause the callback to be called. The called code  (the
       code  that  wants  to be called back) will have to provide a specialized implementation of
       the operator () that performs the  class-specific  work  that  caused  the  close-coupling
       problem above.

       With  the  specific  functor  and its overloaded operator () created, the called code then
       gives the specialized code to the module that  will  execute  the  callback  (the  calling
       code).

       The  calling  code will take a generic functor as a parameter, so an implicit cast is done
       in the function call to convert the specific functor to a  generic  functor.   This  means
       that the calling module just needs to understand the generic functor type. It is decoupled
       from the calling code completely.

       The information one needs to make a  specific  functor  is  the  object  pointer  and  the
       pointer-to-method address.

       The  essence  of  what  needs  to happen is that the system declares a generic part of the
       functor:

          template <typename T>
          class Functor
          {
          public:
            virtual int operator() (T arg) = 0;
          };

       The caller defines a specific part of the functor that really is just there  to  implement
       the specific operator() method:

          template <typename T, typename ARG>
          class SpecificFunctor : public Functor<ARG>
          {
          public:
            SpecificFunctor(T* p, int (T::*_pmi)(ARG arg))
            {
              m_p = p;
              m_pmi = _pmi;
            }

            virtual int operator() (ARG arg)
            {
              (*m_p.*m_pmi)(arg);
            }
          private:
            int (T::*m_pmi)(ARG arg);
            T* m_p;
          };

       Here is an example of the usage:

          class A
          {
          public:
          A (int a0) : a (a0) {}
          int Hello (int b0)
          {
            std::cout << "Hello from A, a = " << a << " b0 = " << b0 << std::endl;
          }
          int a;
          };

          int main()
          {
            A a(10);
            SpecificFunctor<A, int> sf(&a, &A::Hello);
            sf(5);
          }

       NOTE:
          The  previous  code  is not real ns-3 code.  It is simplistic example code used only to
          illustrate the concepts involved and to help you understand the system  more.   Do  not
          expect to find this code anywhere in the ns-3 tree.

       Notice  that  there are two variables defined in the class above.  The m_p variable is the
       object pointer and m_pmi is the  variable  containing  the  address  of  the  function  to
       execute.

       Notice  that  when  operator()  is  called,  it in turn calls the method provided with the
       object pointer using the C++ PMI syntax.

       To use this, one could then declare some model code that takes  a  generic  functor  as  a
       parameter:

          void LibraryFunction (Functor functor);

       The  code  that  will  talk  to  the  model  would build a specific functor and pass it to
       LibraryFunction:

          MyClass myClass;
          SpecificFunctor<MyClass, int> functor (&myclass, MyClass::MyMethod);

       When LibraryFunction is done, it executes the callback using the operator() on the generic
       functor it was passed, and in this particular case, provides the integer argument:

          void
          LibraryFunction (Functor functor)
          {
            // Execute the library function
            functor(1234);
          }

       Notice  that LibraryFunction is completely decoupled from the specific type of the client.
       The connection is made through the Functor polymorphism.

       The Callback API in ns-3 implements object-oriented callbacks using the functor mechanism.
       This callback API, being based on C++ templates, is type-safe; that is, it performs static
       type checks to enforce proper signature compatibility between callers and callees.  It  is
       therefore  more  type-safe  to  use than traditional function pointers, but the syntax may
       look imposing at first.  This section is designed to walk you through the Callback  system
       so that you can be comfortable using it in ns-3.

   Using the Callback API
       The Callback API is fairly minimal, providing only two services:

       1.  callback type declaration: a way to declare a type of callback with a given signature,
       and,

       2. callback instantiation: a way to instantiate a template-generated  forwarding  callback
       which can forward any calls to another C++ class member method or C++ function.

       This is best observed via walking through an example, based on samples/main-callback.cc.

   Using the Callback API with static functions
       Consider a function:

          static double
          CbOne (double a, double b)
          {
            std::cout << "invoke cbOne a=" << a << ", b=" << b << std::endl;
            return a;
          }

       Consider also the following main program snippet:

          int main (int argc, char *argv[])
          {
            // return type: double
            // first arg type: double
            // second arg type: double
            Callback<double, double, double> one;
          }

       This  is  an  example  of  a  C-style callback – one which does not include or need a this
       pointer.  The function template Callback is essentially the declaration  of  the  variable
       containing  the pointer-to-function.  In the example above, we explicitly showed a pointer
       to a function that returned an integer and took a single  integer  as  a  parameter,   The
       Callback  template  function is a generic version of that – it is used to declare the type
       of a callback.

       NOTE:
          Readers       unfamiliar       with       C++       templates        may        consult
          http://www.cplusplus.com/doc/tutorial/templates/.

       The  Callback template requires one mandatory argument (the return type of the function to
       be assigned to this callback) and up to five optional arguments, which  each  specify  the
       type  of the arguments (if your particular callback function has more than five arguments,
       then this can be handled by extending the callback implementation).

       So in the above example, we have a declared a callback named “one”  that  will  eventually
       hold  a  function  pointer.   The  signature of the function that it will hold must return
       double and must support two double arguments.  If one  tries  to  pass  a  function  whose
       signature  does not match the declared callback, a compilation error will occur.  Also, if
       one tries to assign to a callback an incompatible one,  compilation  will  succeed  but  a
       run-time      NS_FATAL_ERROR      will      be     raised.      The     sample     program
       src/core/examples/main-callback.cc demonstrates both of these error cases at  the  end  of
       the main() program.

       Now,  we  need  to  tie  together  this  callback  instance and the actual target function
       (CbOne).  Notice above that CbOne has the same function signature types as  the  callback–
       this  is  important.   We  can  pass in any such properly-typed function to this callback.
       Let’s look at this more closely:

          static   double CbOne (double a, double b) {}
                     ^             ^         ^
                     |             |         |
                     |             |         |
          Callback<double,       double,   double> one;

       You can only bind a function to a callback if they have the matching signature.  The first
       template  argument is the return type, and the additional template arguments are the types
       of the arguments of the function signature.

       Now, let’s bind our callback “one” to the function that matches its signature:

          // build callback instance which points to cbOne function
          one = MakeCallback (&CbOne);

       This call to MakeCallback is,  in  essence,  creating  one  of  the  specialized  functors
       mentioned  above.   The variable declared using the Callback template function is going to
       be playing the part of the generic functor.  The assignment one = MakeCallback (&CbOne) is
       the  cast  that  converts the specialized functor known to the callee to a generic functor
       known to the caller.

       Then, later in the program, if the callback is needed, it can be used as follows:

          NS_ASSERT (!one.IsNull ());

          // invoke cbOne function through callback instance
          double retOne;
          retOne = one (10.0, 20.0);

       The check for IsNull() ensures that the callback is not null – that there is a function to
       call  behind  this  callback.  Then, one() executes the generic operator() which is really
       overloaded with a specific implementation of operator() and returns the same result as  if
       CbOne() had been called directly.

   Using the Callback API with member functions
       Generally, you will not be calling static functions but instead public member functions of
       an object.  In this case, an extra argument is needed to  the  MakeCallback  function,  to
       tell  the  system  on which object the function should be invoked.  Consider this example,
       also from main-callback.cc:

          class MyCb {
          public:
            int CbTwo (double a) {
                std::cout << "invoke cbTwo a=" << a << std::endl;
                return -5;
            }
          };

          int main ()
          {
            ...
            // return type: int
            // first arg type: double
            Callback<int, double> two;
            MyCb cb;
            // build callback instance which points to MyCb::cbTwo
            two = MakeCallback (&MyCb::CbTwo, &cb);
            ...
          }

       Here, we pass an additional object pointer to the MakeCallback<>  function.   Recall  from
       the background section above that Operator() will use the pointer to member syntax when it
       executes on an object:

          virtual int operator() (ARG arg)
          {
            (*m_p.*m_pmi)(arg);
          }

       And so we needed to provide the two variables (m_p and m_pmi) when we  made  the  specific
       functor.  The line:

          two = MakeCallback (&MyCb::CbTwo, &cb);

       does precisely that.  In this case, when two () is invoked:

          int result = two (1.0);

       will  result  in  a call to the CbTwo member function (method) on the object pointed to by
       &cb.

   Building Null Callbacks
       It is possible for callbacks to be null; hence it may be wise to check before using  them.
       There  is  a  special construct for a null callback, which is preferable to simply passing
       “0” as an argument; it is the MakeNullCallback<> construct:

          two = MakeNullCallback<int, double> ();
          NS_ASSERT (two.IsNull ());

       Invoking a null callback is just like invoking a null function pointer: it will  crash  at
       runtime.

   Bound Callbacks
       A very useful extension to the functor concept is that of a Bound Callback.  Previously it
       was mentioned  that  closures  were  originally  function  calls  packaged  up  for  later
       execution.   Notice  that  in  all  of the Callback descriptions above, there is no way to
       package up any parameters for use later – when the Callback is called via operator().  All
       of the parameters are provided by the calling function.

       What if it is desired to allow the client function (the one that provides the callback) to
       provide some of the parameters?  Alexandrescu calls the process of allowing  a  client  to
       specify  one  of  the  parameters “binding”.  One of the parameters of operator() has been
       bound (fixed) by the client.

       Some of our pcap tracing code provides a nice example of this.  There is a  function  that
       needs  to  be  called  whenever  a packet is received.  This function calls an object that
       actually writes the packet to disk in the pcap file format.  The signature of one of these
       functions will be:

          static void DefaultSink (Ptr<PcapFileWrapper> file, Ptr<const Packet> p);

       The  static keyword means this is a static function which does not need a this pointer, so
       it will be using C-style callbacks.  We don’t want the calling code to have to know  about
       anything but the Packet.  What we want in the calling code is just a call that looks like:

          m_promiscSnifferTrace (m_currentPkt);

       What  we  want  to  do  is  to  bind the Ptr<PcapFileWriter> file to the specific callback
       implementation when it is created and arrange  for  the  operator()  of  the  Callback  to
       provide that parameter for free.

       We  provide  the  MakeBoundCallback template function for that purpose.  It takes the same
       parameters as the MakeCallback template function but  also  takes  the  parameters  to  be
       bound.  In the case of the example above:

          MakeBoundCallback (&DefaultSink, file);

       will  create  a  specific  callback  implementation  that  knows to add in the extra bound
       arguments.  Conceptually, it extends the specific functor described above with one or more
       bound arguments:

          template <typename T, typename ARG, typename BOUND_ARG>
          class SpecificFunctor : public Functor
           {
           public:
              SpecificFunctor(T* p, int (T::*_pmi)(ARG arg), BOUND_ARG boundArg)
              {
                m_p = p;
                m_pmi = pmi;
                m_boundArg = boundArg;
              }

              virtual int operator() (ARG arg)
              {
                (*m_p.*m_pmi)(m_boundArg, arg);
              }
          private:
              void (T::*m_pmi)(ARG arg);
              T* m_p;
              BOUND_ARG m_boundArg;
           };

       You  can see that when the specific functor is created, the bound argument is saved in the
       functor / callback object  itself.   When  the  operator()  is  invoked  with  the  single
       parameter, as in:

          m_promiscSnifferTrace (m_currentPkt);

       the implementation of operator() adds the bound parameter into the actual function call:

          (*m_p.*m_pmi)(m_boundArg, arg);

       It’s  possible  to  bind  two  or  three  arguments  as well.  Say we have a function with
       signature:

          static void NotifyEvent (Ptr<A> a, Ptr<B> b, MyEventType e);

       One can create bound callback binding first two arguments like:

          MakeBoundCallback (&NotifyEvent, a1, b1);

       assuming a1 and b1 are objects  of  type  A  and  B  respectively.   Similarly  for  three
       arguments one would have function with a signature:

          static void NotifyEvent (Ptr<A> a, Ptr<B> b, MyEventType e);

       Binding three arguments in done with:

          MakeBoundCallback (&NotifyEvent, a1, b1, c1);

       again assuming a1, b1 and c1 are objects of type A, B and C respectively.

       This kind of binding can be used for exchanging information between objects in simulation;
       specifically, bound callbacks can be used as traced callbacks, which will be described  in
       the next section.

   Traced Callbacks
       Placeholder subsection

   Callback locations in ns-3
       Where  are  callbacks  frequently used in ns-3?  Here are some of the more visible ones to
       typical users:

       · Socket API

       · Layer-2/Layer-3 API

       · Tracing subsystem

       · API between IP and routing subsystems

   Implementation details
       The code snippets above are simplistic and  only  designed  to  illustrate  the  mechanism
       itself.   The  actual  Callback  code is quite complicated and very template-intense and a
       deep understanding of the code is not required.  If interested, expert users may find  the
       following useful.

       The    code    was   originally   written   based   on   the   techniques   described   in
       http://www.codeproject.com/cpp/TTLFunction.asp.  It was subsequently rewritten  to  follow
       the  architecture  outlined  in Modern C++ Design, Generic Programming and Design Patterns
       Applied, Alexandrescu, chapter 5, Generalized Functors.

       This code uses:

       · default template parameters to saves users from having to specify empty parameters  when
         the number of parameters is smaller than the maximum supported number

       · the  pimpl idiom: the Callback class is passed around by value and delegates the crux of
         the work to its pimpl pointer.

       · two pimpl implementations which derive from CallbackImpl FunctorCallbackImpl can be used
         with  any  functor-type  while  MemPtrCallbackImpl  can  be used with pointers to member
         functions.

       · a reference list implementation to implement the Callback’s value semantics.

       This code most notably departs from the Alexandrescu implementation in that  it  does  not
       use  type lists to specify and pass around the types of the callback arguments. Of course,
       it also does not use copy-destruction semantics and relies on a reference list rather than
       autoPtr to hold the pointer.

OBJECT MODEL

       ns-3  is  fundamentally  a  C++ object system. Objects can be declared and instantiated as
       usual, per C++ rules. ns-3  also  adds  some  features  to  traditional  C++  objects,  as
       described  below,  to  provide  greater functionality and features. This manual chapter is
       intended to introduce the reader to the ns-3 object model.

       This section describes the C++ class design for ns-3 objects.  In  brief,  several  design
       patterns  in  use  include  classic  object-oriented  design  (polymorphic  interfaces and
       implementations), separation of  interface  and  implementation,  the  non-virtual  public
       interface  design  pattern,  an  object  aggregation  facility, and reference counting for
       memory management. Those familiar with  component  models  such  as  COM  or  Bonobo  will
       recognize  elements  of the design in the ns-3 object aggregation model, although the ns-3
       design is not strictly in accordance with either.

   Object-oriented behavior
       C++  objects,  in  general,  provide  common  object-oriented  capabilities  (abstraction,
       encapsulation,  inheritance,  and  polymorphism)  that are part of classic object-oriented
       design. ns-3 objects make use of these properties; for instance:

          class Address
          {
          public:
            Address ();
            Address (uint8_t type, const uint8_t *buffer, uint8_t len);
            Address (const Address & address);
            Address &operator = (const Address &address);
            ...
          private:
            uint8_t m_type;
            uint8_t m_len;
            ...
          };

   Object base classes
       There are three special base classes used in ns-3. Classes that inherit  from  these  base
       classes can instantiate objects with special properties.  These base classes are:

       · class Object

       · class ObjectBase

       · class SimpleRefCount

       It  is  not  required  that  ns-3  objects inherit from these class, but those that do get
       special properties. Classes deriving from class Object get the following properties.

       · the ns-3 type and attribute system (see Attributes)

       · an object aggregation system

       · a smart-pointer reference counting system (class Ptr)

       Classes that derive from class ObjectBase get the first two properties above, but  do  not
       get  smart  pointers.  Classes  that  derive  from  class  SimpleRefCount:  get  only  the
       smart-pointer reference counting system.

       In practice, class Object is the variant of the three above that the ns-3  developer  will
       most commonly encounter.

   Memory management and class Ptr
       Memory  management in a C++ program is a complex process, and is often done incorrectly or
       inconsistently. We have settled on a reference counting design described as follows.

       All objects using reference counting maintain an internal  reference  count  to  determine
       when  an  object  can  safely  delete  itself.  Each time that a pointer is obtained to an
       interface, the object’s reference count  is  incremented  by  calling  Ref().  It  is  the
       obligation  of  the  user of the pointer to explicitly Unref() the pointer when done. When
       the reference count falls to zero, the object is deleted.

       · When the client code obtains a pointer from the object itself through  object  creation,
         or via GetObject, it does not have to increment the reference count.

       · When client code obtains a pointer from another source (e.g., copying a pointer) it must
         call Ref() to increment the reference count.

       · All users of the object pointer must call Unref() to release the reference.

       The burden for calling Unref() is somewhat relieved by the use of the  reference  counting
       smart pointer class described below.

       Users  using a low-level API who wish to explicitly allocate non-reference-counted objects
       on the heap, using operator new, are responsible for deleting such objects.

   Reference counting smart pointer (Ptr)
       Calling Ref() and Unref() all the time would be  cumbersome,  so  ns-3  provides  a  smart
       pointer  class  Ptr similar to Boost::intrusive_ptr. This smart-pointer class assumes that
       the underlying type provides a pair  of  Ref  and  Unref  methods  that  are  expected  to
       increment and decrement the internal refcount of the object instance.

       This  implementation  allows  you  to  manipulate  the smart pointer as if it was a normal
       pointer: you can compare it with zero, compare it against other pointers, assign  zero  to
       it, etc.

       It  is  possible  to extract the raw pointer from this smart pointer with the GetPointer()
       and PeekPointer() methods.

       If you want to store a newed object into a smart pointer, we  recommend  you  to  use  the
       CreateObject  template  functions  to create the object and store it in a smart pointer to
       avoid memory leaks. These functions are really small convenience functions and their  goal
       is just to save you a small bit of typing.

   CreateObject and Create
       Objects  in C++ may be statically, dynamically, or automatically created.  This holds true
       for ns-3 also, but some objects in the system have some additional  frameworks  available.
       Specifically,  reference counted objects are usually allocated using a templated Create or
       CreateObject method, as follows.

       For objects deriving from class Object:

          Ptr<WifiNetDevice> device = CreateObject<WifiNetDevice> ();

       Please do not create such objects using operator new;  create  them  using  CreateObject()
       instead.

       For objects deriving from class SimpleRefCount, or other objects that support usage of the
       smart pointer class, a templated helper function is available and recommended to be used:

          Ptr<B> b = Create<B> ();

       This is simply a wrapper around operator new that correctly handles the reference counting
       system.

       In  summary,  use  Create<B>  if B is not an object but just uses reference counting (e.g.
       Packet), and use CreateObject<B> if B derives from ns3::Object.

   Aggregation
       The ns-3 object aggregation system is motivated in strong part by  a  recognition  that  a
       common  use  case  for  ns-2  has  been  the use of inheritance and polymorphism to extend
       protocol models. For instance, specialized versions of TCP  such  as  RenoTcpAgent  derive
       from (and override functions from) class TcpAgent.

       However,  two  problems  that  have  arisen in the ns-2 model are downcasts and “weak base
       class.” Downcasting refers to the procedure of using a base class pointer to an object and
       querying  it at run time to find out type information, used to explicitly cast the pointer
       to a subclass pointer so that the subclass API can be used. Weak base class refers to  the
       problems  that  arise  when a class cannot be effectively reused (derived from) because it
       lacks necessary functionality, leading the developer to have to modify the base class  and
       causing  proliferation  of  base  class  API  calls, some of which may not be semantically
       correct for all subclasses.

       ns-3 is using a version of the query interface design pattern  to  avoid  these  problems.
       This  design  is based on elements of the Component Object Model and GNOME Bonobo although
       full binary-level compatibility of replaceable components is not  supported  and  we  have
       tried to simplify the syntax and impact on model developers.

   Examples
   Aggregation example
       Node is a good example of the use of aggregation in ns-3.  Note that there are not derived
       classes of Nodes in ns-3 such as class InternetNode.  Instead, components (protocols)  are
       aggregated to a node. Let’s look at how some Ipv4 protocols are added to a node.:

          static void
          AddIpv4Stack(Ptr<Node> node)
          {
            Ptr<Ipv4L3Protocol> ipv4 = CreateObject<Ipv4L3Protocol> ();
            ipv4->SetNode (node);
            node->AggregateObject (ipv4);
            Ptr<Ipv4Impl> ipv4Impl = CreateObject<Ipv4Impl> ();
            ipv4Impl->SetIpv4 (ipv4);
            node->AggregateObject (ipv4Impl);
          }

       Note  that the Ipv4 protocols are created using CreateObject().  Then, they are aggregated
       to the node. In this manner, the Node base class does not need to be edited to allow users
       with  a base class Node pointer to access the Ipv4 interface; users may ask the node for a
       pointer to its Ipv4 interface at runtime. How the user asks the node is described  in  the
       next subsection.

       Note  that it is a programming error to aggregate more than one object of the same type to
       an ns3::Object. So, for instance, aggregation is not an option  for  storing  all  of  the
       active sockets of a node.

   GetObject example
       GetObject  is  a type-safe way to achieve a safe downcasting and to allow interfaces to be
       found on an object.

       Consider a node pointer m_node that points to a Node object that has an implementation  of
       IPv4  previously aggregated to it. The client code wishes to configure a default route. To
       do so, it must access an object within the node that has an interface to the IP forwarding
       configuration. It performs the following:

          Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4 = m_node->GetObject<Ipv4> ();

       If  the  node  in fact does not have an Ipv4 object aggregated to it, then the method will
       return null. Therefore, it is good practice to check the return value from such a function
       call.  If  successful, the user can now use the Ptr to the Ipv4 object that was previously
       aggregated to the node.

       Another example of how one might use aggregation is to add optional models to objects. For
       instance,  an  existing  Node object may have an “Energy Model” object aggregated to it at
       run time (without modifying and recompiling the node class).  An existing model (such as a
       wireless net device) can then later “GetObject” for the energy model and act appropriately
       if the interface has been either built in to the underlying Node object or  aggregated  to
       it at run time.  However, other nodes need not know anything about energy models.

       We hope that this mode of programming will require much less need for developers to modify
       the base classes.

   Object factories
       A common use case is to create lots of similarly configured objects.  One  can  repeatedly
       call  CreateObject() but there is also a factory design pattern in use in the ns-3 system.
       It is heavily used in the “helper” API.

       Class ObjectFactory can be used to instantiate objects and to configure the attributes  on
       those objects:

          void SetTypeId (TypeId tid);
          void Set (std::string name, const AttributeValue &value);
          Ptr<T> Create (void) const;

       The  first  method allows one to use the ns-3 TypeId system to specify the type of objects
       created. The second allows one to set attributes on the objects to  be  created,  and  the
       third allows one to create the objects themselves.

       For example:

          ObjectFactory factory;
          // Make this factory create objects of type FriisPropagationLossModel
          factory.SetTypeId ("ns3::FriisPropagationLossModel")
          // Make this factory object change a default value of an attribute, for
          // subsequently created objects
          factory.Set ("SystemLoss", DoubleValue (2.0));
          // Create one such object
          Ptr<Object> object = factory.Create ();
          factory.Set ("SystemLoss", DoubleValue (3.0));
          // Create another object with a different SystemLoss
          Ptr<Object> object = factory.Create ();

   Downcasting
       A  question  that has arisen several times is, “If I have a base class pointer (Ptr) to an
       object and I want the derived class pointer, should I downcast (via C++ dynamic  cast)  to
       get  the  derived pointer, or should I use the object aggregation system to GetObject<> ()
       to find a Ptr to the interface to the subclass API?”

       The answer to this is that in many situations, both techniques will work.  ns-3 provides a
       templated  function  for  making  the  syntax  of  Object  dynamic  casting much more user
       friendly:

          template <typename T1, typename T2>
          Ptr<T1>
          DynamicCast (Ptr<T2> const&p)
          {
            return Ptr<T1> (dynamic_cast<T1 *> (PeekPointer (p)));
          }

       DynamicCast works when the programmer has a base type pointer and  is  testing  against  a
       subclass  pointer. GetObject works when looking for different objects aggregated, but also
       works with subclasses, in the same way as DynamicCast. If unsure,  the  programmer  should
       use  GetObject,  as  it works in all cases. If the programmer knows the class hierarchy of
       the object under consideration, it is more direct to just use DynamicCast.

CONFIGURATION AND ATTRIBUTES

       In ns-3 simulations, there are two main aspects to configuration:

       · The simulation topology and how objects are connected.

       · The values used by the models instantiated in the topology.

       This chapter focuses on the second item above: how the many values  in  use  in  ns-3  are
       organized, documented, and modifiable by ns-3 users. The ns-3 attribute system is also the
       underpinning of how traces and statistics are gathered in the simulator.

       In the course of this chapter we will discuss the various ways to set or modify the values
       used by ns-3 model objects.  In increasing order of specificity, these are:

                 ┌─────────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                 │Method                           │ Scope                            │
                 ├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                 │Default   Attribute  values  set │ Affect   all  instances  of  the │
                 │when Attributes are  defined  in │ class.                           │
                 │GetTypeId ().                    │                                  │
                 ├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                 │CommandLine                      │ Affect all future instances.     │
                 │Config::SetDefault()             │                                  │
                 │ConfigStore                      │                                  │
                 ├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                 │ObjectFactory                    │ Affects  all  instances  created │
                 │                                 │ with the factory.                │
                 ├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                 │Helper   methods  with  (string/ │ Affects all instances created by │
                 │AttributeValue) parameter pairs  │ the helper.                      │
                 ├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                 │MyClass::SetX ()                 │ Alters this particular instance. │
                 │Object::SetAttribute ()          │ Generally this is the only  form │
                 │Config::Set()                    │ which  can be scheduled to alter │
                 │                                 │ an instance once the  simulation │
                 │                                 │ is running.                      │
                 └─────────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       By  “specificity”  we mean that methods in later rows in the table override the values set
       by, and typically affect fewer instances than, earlier methods.

       Before delving into details of the attribute value system, it will  help  to  review  some
       basic properties of class Object.

   Object Overview
       ns-3  is  fundamentally  a  C++  object-based system. By this we mean that new C++ classes
       (types) can be declared, defined, and subclassed as usual.

       Many ns-3 objects inherit from the Object base class.  These objects have some  additional
       properties  that  we exploit for organizing the system and improving the memory management
       of our objects:

       · “Metadata” system that links the class name to  a  lot  of  meta-information  about  the
         object, including:

         · The base class of the subclass,

         · The set of accessible constructors in the subclass,

         · The set of “attributes” of the subclass,

         · Whether each attribute can be set, or is read-only,

         · The allowed range of values for each attribute.

       · Reference counting smart pointer implementation, for memory management.

       ns-3  objects  that use the attribute system derive from either Object or ObjectBase. Most
       ns-3 objects we will discuss derive from Object, but a few  that  are  outside  the  smart
       pointer memory management framework derive from ObjectBase.

       Let’s review a couple of properties of these objects.

   Smart Pointers
       As  introduced  in  the  ns-3  tutorial,  ns-3  objects  are memory managed by a reference
       counting smart pointer implementation, class Ptr.

       Smart pointers are used extensively in the ns-3  APIs,  to  avoid  passing  references  to
       heap-allocated  objects that may cause memory leaks.  For most basic usage (syntax), treat
       a smart pointer like a regular pointer:

          Ptr<WifiNetDevice> nd = ...;
          nd->CallSomeFunction ();
          // etc.

       So how do you get a smart pointer to an object, as in the first line of this example?

   CreateObject
       As we discussed above in Memory-management-and-class-Ptr, at the lowest-level API, objects
       of type Object are not instantiated using operator new as usual but instead by a templated
       function called CreateObject ().

       A typical way to create such an object is as follows:

          Ptr<WifiNetDevice> nd = CreateObject<WifiNetDevice> ();

       You can think of this as being functionally equivalent to:

          WifiNetDevice* nd = new WifiNetDevice ();

       Objects that derive from Object must be allocated on the heap using CreateObject (). Those
       deriving  from  ObjectBase, such as ns-3 helper functions and packet headers and trailers,
       can be allocated on the stack.

       In some scripts, you may not see a lot of CreateObject ()  calls  in  the  code;  this  is
       because  there  are some helper objects in effect that are doing the CreateObject () calls
       for you.

   TypeId
       ns-3 classes that derive from class Object can include a metadata class called TypeId that
       records  meta-information about the class, for use in the object aggregation and component
       manager systems:

       · A unique string identifying the class.

       · The base class of the subclass, within the metadata system.

       · The set of accessible constructors in the subclass.

       · A list of publicly accessible properties (“attributes”) of the class.

   Object Summary
       Putting all of these concepts together, let’s look at a specific example: class Node.

       The public header file node.h has a  declaration  that  includes  a  static  GetTypeId  ()
       function call:

          class Node : public Object
          {
          public:
            static TypeId GetTypeId (void);
            ...

       This is defined in the node.cc file as follows:

          TypeId
          Node::GetTypeId (void)
          {
            static TypeId tid = TypeId ("ns3::Node")
              .SetParent<Object> ()
              .SetGroupName ("Network")
              .AddConstructor<Node> ()
              .AddAttribute ("DeviceList",
                             "The list of devices associated to this Node.",
                             ObjectVectorValue (),
                             MakeObjectVectorAccessor (&Node::m_devices),
                             MakeObjectVectorChecker<NetDevice> ())
              .AddAttribute ("ApplicationList",
                             "The list of applications associated to this Node.",
                             ObjectVectorValue (),
                             MakeObjectVectorAccessor (&Node::m_applications),
                             MakeObjectVectorChecker<Application> ())
              .AddAttribute ("Id",
                             "The id (unique integer) of this Node.",
                             TypeId::ATTR_GET, // allow only getting it.
                             UintegerValue (0),
                             MakeUintegerAccessor (&Node::m_id),
                             MakeUintegerChecker<uint32_t> ())
              ;
            return tid;
          }

       Consider  the  TypeId  of  the  ns-3  Object  class  as  an extended form of run time type
       information (RTTI). The C++ language includes a simple kind of RTTI in  order  to  support
       dynamic_cast and typeid operators.

       The  SetParent<Object>  ()  call  in  the definition above is used in conjunction with our
       object aggregation mechanisms to allow safe up-  and  down-casting  in  inheritance  trees
       during GetObject ().  It also enables subclasses to inherit the Attributes of their parent
       class.

       The AddConstructor<Node> () call is used in conjunction with our abstract  object  factory
       mechanisms  to  allow  us  to  construct  C++  objects  without forcing a user to know the
       concrete class of the object she is building.

       The three calls to AddAttribute () associate a given string with a strongly typed value in
       the class. Notice that you must provide a help string which may be displayed, for example,
       via command line processors. Each Attribute is associated with  mechanisms  for  accessing
       the  underlying  member variable in the object (for example, MakeUintegerAccessor () tells
       the generic Attribute code how to get to the node ID  above).  There  are  also  “Checker”
       methods  which  are used to validate values against range limitations, such as maximum and
       minimum allowed values.

       When users want to create Nodes, they will usually call some form of CreateObject (),:

          Ptr<Node> n = CreateObject<Node> ();

       or more abstractly, using an object factory, you can create a  Node  object  without  even
       knowing the concrete C++ type:

          ObjectFactory factory;
          const std::string typeId = "ns3::Node'';
          factory.SetTypeId (typeId);
          Ptr<Object> node = factory.Create <Object> ();

       Both  of  these  methods  result  in  fully  initialized attributes being available in the
       resulting Object instances.

       We next discuss how attributes (values associated with member variables  or  functions  of
       the class) are plumbed into the above TypeId.

   Attributes
       The goal of the attribute system is to organize the access of internal member objects of a
       simulation. This goal  arises  because,  typically  in  simulation,  users  will  cut  and
       paste/modify  existing simulation scripts, or will use higher-level simulation constructs,
       but often will be interested in studying or tracing particular  internal  variables.   For
       instance, use cases such as:

       · “I want to trace the packets on the wireless interface only on the first access point.”

       · “I  want  to  trace  the value of the TCP congestion window (every time it changes) on a
         particular TCP socket.”

       · “I want a dump of all values that were used in my simulation.”

       Similarly, users may want fine-grained access to internal variables in the simulation,  or
       may  want  to  broadly  change  the  initial  value used for a particular parameter in all
       subsequently created objects. Finally, users may wish to know what variables are  settable
       and  retrievable  in  a  simulation  configuration. This is not just for direct simulation
       interaction on the command line; consider also a (future) graphical  user  interface  that
       would  like to be able to provide a feature whereby a user might right-click on an node on
       the canvas and see a hierarchical, organized list of parameters that are settable  on  the
       node  and  its  constituent  member  objects,  and  help  text and default values for each
       parameter.

   Defining Attributes
       We provide a way for users to access values deep in the system, without  having  to  plumb
       accessors (pointers) through the system and walk pointer chains to get to them. Consider a
       class QueueBase that has a member variable m_maxSize controlling the depth of the queue.

       If we look at the declaration of QueueBase, we see the following:

          class QueueBase : public Object {
          public:
            static TypeId GetTypeId (void);
            ...

          private:
            ...
            QueueSize m_maxSize;                //!< max queue size
            ...
          };

       QueueSize is a special type in ns-3 that allows size to be represented in different units:

          enum QueueSizeUnit
          {
            PACKETS,     /**< Use number of packets for queue size */
            BYTES,       /**< Use number of bytes for queue size */
          };

          class QueueSize
          {
            ...
          private:
            ...
            QueueSizeUnit m_unit; //!< unit
            uint32_t m_value;     //!< queue size [bytes or packets]
          };

       Finally, the class DropTailQueue inherits from this base class and provides the  semantics
       that packets that are submitted to a full queue will be dropped from the back of the queue
       (“drop tail”).

          /**
           * \ingroup queue
           *
           * \brief A FIFO packet queue that drops tail-end packets on overflow
           */
          template <typename Item>
          class DropTailQueue : public Queue<Item>

       Let’s consider things that a user may want to do with the value of m_maxSize:

       · Set a default value for the system, such that whenever a new DropTailQueue  is  created,
         this member is initialized to that default.

       · Set or get the value on an already instantiated queue.

       The above things typically require providing Set () and Get () functions, and some type of
       global default value.

       In the ns-3 attribute system, these value definitions and accessor function  registrations
       are moved into the TypeId class; e.g.:

          NS_OBJECT_ENSURE_REGISTERED (QueueBase);

          TypeId
          QueueBase::GetTypeId (void)
          {
            static TypeId tid = TypeId ("ns3::DropTailQueue")
              .SetParent<Queue> ()
              .SetGroupName ("Network")
              ...
              .AddAttribute ("MaxSize",
                             "The max queue size",
                             QueueSizeValue (QueueSize ("100p")),
                             MakeQueueSizeAccessor (&QueueBase::SetMaxSize,
                                                    &QueueBase::GetMaxSize),
                             MakeQueueSizeChecker ())
              ...
              ;

            return tid;
          }

       The AddAttribute () method is performing a number of things for the m_maxSize value:

       · Binding the (usually private) member variable m_maxSize to a public string "MaxSize".

       · Providing a default value (0 packets).

       · Providing some help text defining the meaning of the value.

       · Providing  a  “Checker” (not used in this example) that can be used to set bounds on the
         allowable range of values.

       The key point is that now the value of this variable and its default value are  accessible
       in  the  attribute  namespace, which is based on strings such as "MaxSize" and TypeId name
       strings. In the next section, we will provide an example script that shows how  users  may
       manipulate these values.

       Note  that initialization of the attribute relies on the macro NS_OBJECT_ENSURE_REGISTERED
       (QueueBase) being called; if you leave this out of your  new  class  implementation,  your
       attributes will not be initialized correctly.

       While we have described how to create attributes, we still haven’t described how to access
       and manage these values. For instance, there is no globals.h header file where  these  are
       stored;  attributes are stored with their classes.  Questions that naturally arise are how
       do users easily learn about all of the attributes of their models, and  how  does  a  user
       access  these  attributes,  or  document  their  values  as  part  of  the record of their
       simulation?

       Detailed documentation of the actual attributes defined for a type, and a global  list  of
       all  defined  attributes,  are  available  in the API documentation.  For the rest of this
       document we are going to demonstrate the various ways of  getting  and  setting  attribute
       values.

   Setting Default Values
   Config::SetDefault and CommandLine
       Let’s  look  at how a user script might access a specific attribute value.  We’re going to
       use the src/point-to-point/examples/main-attribute-value.cc script for illustration,  with
       some details stripped out.  The main function begins:

          // This is a basic example of how to use the attribute system to
          // set and get a value in the underlying system; namely, the maximum
          // size of the FIFO queue in the PointToPointNetDevice
          //

          int
          main (int argc, char *argv[])
          {

            // Queues in ns-3 are objects that hold items (other objects) in
            // a queue structure.  The C++ implementation uses templates to
            // allow queues to hold various types of items, but the most
            // common is a pointer to a packet (Ptr<Packet>).
            //
            // The maximum queue size can either be enforced in bytes ('b') or
            // packets ('p').  A special type called the ns3::QueueSize can
            // hold queue size values in either unit (bytes or packets).  The
            // queue base class ns3::QueueBase has a MaxSize attribute that can
            // be set to a QueueSize.

            // By default, the MaxSize attribute has a value of 100 packets ('100p')
            // (this default can be observed in the function QueueBase::GetTypeId)
            //
            // Here, we set it to 80 packets.  We could use one of two value types:
            // a string-based value or a QueueSizeValue value
            Config::SetDefault ("ns3::QueueBase::MaxSize", StringValue ("80p"));
            // The below function call is redundant
            Config::SetDefault ("ns3::QueueBase::MaxSize", QueueSizeValue (QueueSize (QueueSizeUnit::PACKETS, 80)));

       The  main  thing to notice in the above are the two equivalent calls to Config::SetDefault
       ().   This  is  how  we  set  the  default  value  for   all   subsequently   instantiated
       DropTailQueues.   We  illustrate  that  two  types  of  Value classes, a StringValue and a
       QueueSizeValue class, can  be  used  to  assign  the  value  to  the  attribute  named  by
       “ns3::QueueBase::MaxSize”.

       It  is  also possible to manipulate Attributes using the CommandLine; we saw some examples
       early in the ns-3 Tutorial.  In particular, it  is  straightforward  to  add  a  shorthand
       argument  name,  such  as --maxSize, for an Attribute that is particular relevant for your
       model, in this case "ns3::QueueBase::MaxSize".  This has the additional feature  that  the
       help string for the Attribute will be printed as part of the usage message for the script.
       For more information see the CommandLine API documentation.

          // Allow the user to override any of the defaults and the above
          // SetDefaults() at run-time, via command-line arguments
          // For example, via "--ns3::QueueBase::MaxSize=80p"
          CommandLine cmd;
          // This provides yet another way to set the value from the command line:
          cmd.AddValue ("maxSize", "ns3::QueueBase::MaxSize");
          cmd.Parse (argc, argv);

       Now, we will create a few objects using the low-level API.  Our newly created queues  will
       not  have  m_maxSize  initialized  to 0 packets, as defined in the QueueBase::GetTypeId ()
       function, but to 80 packets, because of what we did above with default values.:

          Ptr<Node> n0 = CreateObject<Node> ();

          Ptr<PointToPointNetDevice> net0 = CreateObject<PointToPointNetDevice> ();
          n0->AddDevice (net0);

          Ptr<Queue<Packet> > q = CreateObject<DropTailQueue<Packet> > ();
          net0->AddQueue(q);

       At this point, we have created a single  Node  (n0)  and  a  single  PointToPointNetDevice
       (net0), and added a DropTailQueue (q) to net0.

   Constructors, Helpers and ObjectFactory
       Arbitrary  combinations of attributes can be set and fetched from the helper and low-level
       APIs; either from the constructors themselves:

          Ptr<GridPositionAllocator> p =
            CreateObjectWithAttributes<GridPositionAllocator>
              ("MinX", DoubleValue (-100.0),
               "MinY", DoubleValue (-100.0),
               "DeltaX", DoubleValue (5.0),
               "DeltaY", DoubleValue (20.0),
               "GridWidth", UintegerValue (20),
               "LayoutType", StringValue ("RowFirst"));

       or from the higher-level helper APIs, such as:

          mobility.SetPositionAllocator
              ("ns3::GridPositionAllocator",
               "MinX", DoubleValue (-100.0),
               "MinY", DoubleValue (-100.0),
               "DeltaX", DoubleValue (5.0),
               "DeltaY", DoubleValue (20.0),
               "GridWidth", UintegerValue (20),
               "LayoutType", StringValue ("RowFirst"));

       We don’t illustrate it here, but you can also configure an ObjectFactory with  new  values
       for  specific  attributes.   Instances  created  by  the  ObjectFactory  will  have  those
       attributes set during construction.  This is very similar to using one of the helper  APIs
       for the class.

       To  review,  there are several ways to set values for attributes for class instances to be
       created in the future:

       · Config::SetDefault ()

       · CommandLine::AddValue ()

       · CreateObjectWithAttributes<> ()

       · Various helper APIs

       But what if you’ve already created an instance, and you want to change the  value  of  the
       attribute?   In  this  example,  how  can we manipulate the m_maxSize value of the already
       instantiated DropTailQueue?  Here are various ways to do that.

   Changing Values
   SmartPointer
       Assume that a smart pointer (Ptr) to a relevant network device is in hand; in the  current
       example, it is the net0 pointer.

       One  way to change the value is to access a pointer to the underlying queue and modify its
       attribute.

       First, we observe  that  we  can  get  a  pointer  to  the  (base  class)  Queue  via  the
       PointToPointNetDevice attributes, where it is called "TxQueue":

          PointerValue ptr;
          net0->GetAttribute ("TxQueue", ptr);
          Ptr<Queue<Packet> > txQueue = ptr.Get<Queue<Packet> > ();

       Using  the  GetObject () function, we can perform a safe downcast to a DropTailQueue.  The
       NS_ASSERT checks that the pointer is valid.

          Ptr<DropTailQueue<Packet> > dtq = txQueue->GetObject <DropTailQueue<Packet> > ();
          NS_ASSERT (dtq != 0);

       Next, we can get the value of an attribute on this  queue.   We  have  introduced  wrapper
       Value  classes for the underlying data types, similar to Java wrappers around these types,
       since the attribute system stores values serialized to strings, and not  disparate  types.
       Here,  the  attribute value is assigned to a QueueSizeValue, and the Get () method on this
       value produces the (unwrapped) QueueSize.  That is, the variable limit is written into  by
       the GetAttribute method.:

          QueueSizeValue limit;
          dtq->GetAttribute ("MaxSize", limit);
          NS_LOG_INFO ("1.  dtq limit: " << limit.Get ());

       Note  that  the  above  downcast  is not really needed; we could have gotten the attribute
       value directly from txQueue:

          txQueue->GetAttribute ("MaxSize", limit);
          NS_LOG_INFO ("2.  txQueue limit: " << limit.Get ());

       Now, let’s set it to another value (60 packets).  Let’s also make use of  the  StringValue
       shorthand  notation  to set the size by passing in a string (the string must be a positive
       integer suffixed by either the p or b character).

          txQueue->SetAttribute ("MaxSize", StringValue ("60p"));
          txQueue->GetAttribute ("MaxSize", limit);
          NS_LOG_INFO ("3.  txQueue limit changed: " << limit.Get ());

   Config Namespace Path
       An alternative way to get at the attribute is to use the configuration  namespace.   Here,
       this  attribute  resides on a known path in this namespace; this approach is useful if one
       doesn’t have access to the underlying pointers and would  like  to  configure  a  specific
       attribute with a single statement.:

          Config::Set ("/NodeList/0/DeviceList/0/TxQueue/MaxSize",
                       StringValue ("25p"));
          txQueue->GetAttribute ("MaxSize", limit);
          NS_LOG_INFO ("4.  txQueue limit changed through namespace: "
                       << limit.Get ());

       The     configuration     path     often     has     the     form    of    ".../<container
       name>/<index>/.../<attribute>/<attribute>" to refer to a specific instance by index of  an
       object  in  the container.  In this case the first container is the list of all Nodes; the
       second container is the  list  of  all  NetDevices  on  the  chosen  Node.   Finally,  the
       configuration  path  usually ends with a succession of member attributes, in this case the
       "MaxSize" attribute of the "TxQueue" of the chosen NetDevice.

       We could have also used wildcards to set this value for all  nodes  and  all  net  devices
       (which in this simple example has the same effect as the previous Config::Set ()):

          Config::Set ("/NodeList/*/DeviceList/*/TxQueue/MaxSize",
                       StringValue ("15p"));
          txQueue->GetAttribute ("MaxSize", limit);
          NS_LOG_INFO ("5.  txQueue limit changed through wildcarded namespace: "
                       << limit.Get ());

       If  you  run  this  program  from  the  command  line, you should see the following output
       corresponding to the steps we took above:

          .. sourcecode:: text
          $ ./waf –run main-attribute-value 1.  dtq limit: 80p 2.  txQueue limit: 80p 3.  txQueue
          limit  changed:  60p 4.  txQueue limit changed through namespace: 25p 5.  txQueue limit
          changed through wildcarded namespace: 15p

   Object Name Service
       Another way to get at the attribute is to use  the  object  name  service  facility.   The
       object  name  service  allows  us  to  add  items to the configuration namespace under the
       "/Names/" path with a user-defined name string.  This approach is useful  if  one  doesn’t
       have  access  to  the  underlying  pointers  and it is difficult to determine the required
       concrete configuration namespace path.

          Names::Add ("server", n0);
          Names::Add ("server/eth0", net0);

          ...

          Config::Set ("/Names/server/eth0/TxQueue/MaxPackets", UintegerValue (25));

       Here we’ve added the path elements "server" and "eth0" under the "/Names/" namespace, then
       used the resulting configuration path to set the attribute.

       See Object-names for a fuller treatment of the ns-3 configuration namespace.

   Implementation Details
   Value Classes
       Readers  will  note  the TypeValue classes which are subclasses of the AttributeValue base
       class. These can be thought of as intermediate classes which are used to convert from  raw
       types  to  the  AttributeValues  that  are used by the attribute system.  Recall that this
       database is holding objects of many types serialized to strings. Conversions to this  type
       can  either  be done using an intermediate class (such as IntegerValue, or DoubleValue for
       floating  point  numbers)  or  via  strings.  Direct  implicit  conversion  of  types   to
       AttributeValue  is  not  really  practical.  So in the above, users have a choice of using
       strings or values:

          p->Set ("cwnd", StringValue ("100")); // string-based setter
          p->Set ("cwnd", IntegerValue (100)); // integer-based setter

       The system provides some macros that help users  declare  and  define  new  AttributeValue
       subclasses for new types that they want to introduce into the attribute system:

       · ATTRIBUTE_HELPER_HEADER

       · ATTRIBUTE_HELPER_CPP

       See the API documentation for these constructs for more information.

   Initialization Order
       Attributes  in  the  system  must  not  depend on the state of any other Attribute in this
       system. This is because an ordering of Attribute  initialization  is  not  specified,  nor
       enforced, by the system. A specific example of this can be seen in automated configuration
       programs such as ConfigStore.  Although a given model may arrange it  so  that  Attributes
       are  initialized  in  a  particular  order,  another  automatic  configurator  may  decide
       independently to change Attributes in, for example, alphabetic order.

       Because of this non-specific ordering, no Attribute in the system may have any  dependence
       on any other Attribute. As a corollary, Attribute setters must never fail due to the state
       of another Attribute. No Attribute setter may change (set) any other Attribute value as  a
       result of changing its value.

       This  is  a  very  strong  restriction  and  there  are  cases  where  Attributes must set
       consistently to allow correct operation. To this end we do allow for consistency  checking
       when the attribute is used (cf. NS_ASSERT_MSG or NS_ABORT_MSG).

       In  general,  the attribute code to assign values to the underlying class member variables
       is executed after an object is constructed. But what  if  you  need  the  values  assigned
       before  the  constructor  body  executes,  because  you  need  them  in  the  logic of the
       constructor? There is a way to do this, used for example in the  class  ConfigStore:  call
       ObjectBase::ConstructSelf () as follows:

          ConfigStore::ConfigStore ()
          {
            ObjectBase::ConstructSelf (AttributeConstructionList ());
            // continue on with constructor.
          }

       Beware that the object and all its derived classes must also implement a GetInstanceTypeId
       () method. Otherwise the ObjectBase::ConstructSelf  ()  will  not  be  able  to  read  the
       attributes.

   Adding Attributes
       The  ns-3  system  will  place a number of internal values under the attribute system, but
       undoubtedly users will want to extend this to pick up ones we have missed, or to add their
       own classes to the system.

       There are three typical use cases:

       · Making an existing class data member accessible as an Attribute, when it isn’t already.

       · Making a new class able to expose some data members as Attributes by giving it a TypeId.

       · Creating  an  AttributeValue  subclass  for a new class so that it can be accessed as an
         Attribute.

   Existing Member Variable
       Consider this variable in TcpSocket:

          uint32_t m_cWnd;   // Congestion window

       Suppose that someone working with TCP wanted to get or set  the  value  of  that  variable
       using the metadata system. If it were not already provided by ns-3, the user could declare
       the following addition in the runtime metadata system (to the GetTypeId()  definition  for
       TcpSocket):

          .AddAttribute ("Congestion window",
                         "Tcp congestion window (bytes)",
                         UintegerValue (1),
                         MakeUintegerAccessor (&TcpSocket::m_cWnd),
                         MakeUintegerChecker<uint16_t> ())

       Now,  the  user  with  a  pointer  to  a TcpSocket instance can perform operations such as
       setting and  getting  the  value,  without  having  to  add  these  functions  explicitly.
       Furthermore, access controls can be applied, such as allowing the parameter to be read and
       not written, or bounds checking on the permissible values can be applied.

   New Class TypeId
       Here, we discuss the impact on a user who  wants  to  add  a  new  class  to  ns-3.   What
       additional things must be done to enable it to hold attributes?

       Let’s  assume  our new class, called ns3::MyMobility, is a type of mobility model.  First,
       the class should inherit from its parent class, ns3::MobilityModel.  In the  my-mobility.h
       header file:

          namespace ns3 {

          class MyMobility : public MobilityModel
          {

       This  requires  we  declare the GetTypeId () function.  This is a one-line public function
       declaration:

          public:
            /**
             *  Register this type.
             *  \return The object TypeId.
             */
            static TypeId GetTypeId (void);

       We’ve already introduced what a TypeId definition will look  like  in  the  my-mobility.cc
       implementation file:

          NS_OBJECT_ENSURE_REGISTERED (MyMobility);

          TypeId
          MyMobility::GetTypeId (void)
          {
            static TypeId tid = TypeId ("ns3::MyMobility")
              .SetParent<MobilityModel> ()
              .SetGroupName ("Mobility")
              .AddConstructor<MyMobility> ()
              .AddAttribute ("Bounds",
                             "Bounds of the area to cruise.",
                             RectangleValue (Rectangle (0.0, 0.0, 100.0, 100.0)),
                             MakeRectangleAccessor (&MyMobility::m_bounds),
                             MakeRectangleChecker ())
              .AddAttribute ("Time",
                             "Change current direction and speed after moving for this delay.",
                             TimeValue (Seconds (1.0)),
                             MakeTimeAccessor (&MyMobility::m_modeTime),
                             MakeTimeChecker ())
              // etc (more parameters).
              ;
            return tid;
          }

       If  we  don’t  want to subclass from an existing class, in the header file we just inherit
       from ns3::Object, and in the object file we set  the  parent  class  to  ns3::Object  with
       .SetParent<Object> ().

       Typical mistakes here involve:

       · Not calling NS_OBJECT_ENSURE_REGISTERED ()

       · Not calling the SetParent () method, or calling it with the wrong type.

       · Not calling the AddConstructor () method, or calling it with the wrong type.

       · Introducing a typographical error in the name of the TypeId in its constructor.

       · Not using the fully-qualified C++ typename of the enclosing C++ class as the name of the
         TypeId.  Note that "ns3::" is required.

       None of these mistakes can be detected by the ns-3 codebase, so users are advised to check
       carefully multiple times that they got these right.

   New AttributeValue Type
       From  the  perspective of the user who writes a new class in the system and wants it to be
       accessible as an attribute, there is mainly the matter of writing the conversions  to/from
       strings  and attribute values.  Most of this can be copy/pasted with macro-ized code.  For
       instance, consider a class declaration for Rectangle in the src/mobility/model directory:

   Header File
          /**
           * \brief a 2d rectangle
           */
          class Rectangle
          {
            ...

            double xMin;
            double xMax;
            double yMin;
            double yMax;
          };

       One macro call and two operators, must be added below the class declaration  in  order  to
       turn a Rectangle into a value usable by the Attribute system:

          std::ostream &operator << (std::ostream &os, const Rectangle &rectangle);
          std::istream &operator >> (std::istream &is, Rectangle &rectangle);

          ATTRIBUTE_HELPER_HEADER (Rectangle);

   Implementation File
       In the class definition (.cc file), the code looks like this:

          ATTRIBUTE_HELPER_CPP (Rectangle);

          std::ostream &
          operator << (std::ostream &os, const Rectangle &rectangle)
          {
            os << rectangle.xMin << "|" << rectangle.xMax << "|" << rectangle.yMin << "|"
               << rectangle.yMax;
            return os;
          }
          std::istream &
          operator >> (std::istream &is, Rectangle &rectangle)
           {
            char c1, c2, c3;
            is >> rectangle.xMin >> c1 >> rectangle.xMax >> c2 >> rectangle.yMin >> c3
               >> rectangle.yMax;
            if (c1 != '|' ||
                c2 != '|' ||
                c3 != '|')
              {
                is.setstate (std::ios_base::failbit);
              }
            return is;
          }

       These  stream  operators  simply  convert  from  a  string representation of the Rectangle
       ("xMin|xMax|yMin|yMax") to the underlying  Rectangle.   The  modeler  must  specify  these
       operators and the string syntactical representation of an instance of the new class.

   ConfigStore
       Values  for  ns-3  attributes can be stored in an ASCII or XML text file and loaded into a
       future simulation run.  This feature is known as the ns-3 ConfigStore.  The ConfigStore is
       a specialized database for attribute values and default values.

       Although  it  is  a  separately  maintained  module in the src/config-store/ directory, we
       document it here because of its sole dependency on ns-3 core module and attributes.

       We     can     explore     this     system     by     using      an      example      from
       src/config-store/examples/config-store-save.cc.

       First, all users of the ConfigStore must include the following statement:

          #include "ns3/config-store-module.h"

       Next, this program adds a sample object ConfigExample to show how the system is extended:

          class ConfigExample : public Object
          {
          public:
            static TypeId GetTypeId (void) {
              static TypeId tid = TypeId ("ns3::A")
                .SetParent<Object> ()
                .AddAttribute ("TestInt16", "help text",
                               IntegerValue (-2),
                               MakeIntegerAccessor (&A::m_int16),
                               MakeIntegerChecker<int16_t> ())
                ;
                return tid;
              }
            int16_t m_int16;
          };

          NS_OBJECT_ENSURE_REGISTERED (ConfigExample);

       Next, we use the Config subsystem to override the defaults in a couple of ways:

          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigExample::TestInt16", IntegerValue (-5));

          Ptr<ConfigExample> a_obj = CreateObject<ConfigExample> ();
          NS_ABORT_MSG_UNLESS (a_obj->m_int16 == -5,
                               "Cannot set ConfigExample's integer attribute via Config::SetDefault");

          Ptr<ConfigExample> a2_obj = CreateObject<ConfigExample> ();
          a2_obj->SetAttribute ("TestInt16", IntegerValue (-3));
          IntegerValue iv;
          a2_obj->GetAttribute ("TestInt16", iv);
          NS_ABORT_MSG_UNLESS (iv.Get () == -3,
                               "Cannot set ConfigExample's integer attribute via SetAttribute");

       The  next  statement is necessary to make sure that (one of) the objects created is rooted
       in the configuration namespace as an object instance.   This  normally  happens  when  you
       aggregate  objects to a ns3::Node or ns3::Channel instance, but here, since we are working
       at the core level, we need to create a new root namespace object:

          Config::RegisterRootNamespaceObject (a2_obj);

   Writing
       Next, we want to output the configuration store.  The examples show how to do  it  in  two
       formats,  XML and raw text.  In practice, one should perform this step just before calling
       Simulator::Run () to save the final configuration just before running the simulation.

       There  are  three  Attributes  that  govern  the  behavior  of  the  ConfigStore:  "Mode",
       "Filename",  and  "FileFormat".   The Mode (default "None") configures whether ns-3 should
       load configuration from a previously saved file (specify "Mode=Load") or save it to a file
       (specify  "Mode=Save").  The Filename (default "") is where the ConfigStore should read or
       write its data.  The FileFormat (default "RawText") governs whether the ConfigStore format
       is plain text or Xml ("FileFormat=Xml")

       The example shows:

          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Filename", StringValue ("output-attributes.xml"));
          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::FileFormat", StringValue ("Xml"));
          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Mode", StringValue ("Save"));
          ConfigStore outputConfig;
          outputConfig.ConfigureDefaults ();
          outputConfig.ConfigureAttributes ();

          // Output config store to txt format
          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Filename", StringValue ("output-attributes.txt"));
          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::FileFormat", StringValue ("RawText"));
          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Mode", StringValue ("Save"));
          ConfigStore outputConfig2;
          outputConfig2.ConfigureDefaults ();
          outputConfig2.ConfigureAttributes ();

          Simulator::Run ();

          Simulator::Destroy ();

       Note  the  placement  of  these  statements just prior to the Simulator::Run () statement.
       This output logs all of the values in place just prior to starting  the  simulation  (i.e.
       after all of the configuration has taken place).

       After running, you can open the output-attributes.txt file and see:

          ...
          default ns3::ErrorModel::IsEnabled "true"
          default ns3::RateErrorModel::ErrorUnit "ERROR_UNIT_BYTE"
          default ns3::RateErrorModel::ErrorRate "0"
          default ns3::RateErrorModel::RanVar "ns3::UniformRandomVariable[Min=0.0|Max=1.0]"
          default ns3::BurstErrorModel::ErrorRate "0"
          default ns3::BurstErrorModel::BurstStart "ns3::UniformRandomVariable[Min=0.0|Max=1.0]"
          default ns3::BurstErrorModel::BurstSize "ns3::UniformRandomVariable[Min=1|Max=4]"
          default ns3::PacketSocket::RcvBufSize "131072"
          default ns3::PcapFileWrapper::CaptureSize "65535"
          default ns3::PcapFileWrapper::NanosecMode "false"
          default ns3::SimpleNetDevice::PointToPointMode "false"
          default ns3::SimpleNetDevice::TxQueue "ns3::DropTailQueue<Packet>"
          default ns3::SimpleNetDevice::DataRate "0bps"
          default ns3::PacketSocketClient::MaxPackets "100"
          default ns3::PacketSocketClient::Interval "+1000000000.0ns"
          default ns3::PacketSocketClient::PacketSize "1024"
          default ns3::PacketSocketClient::Priority "0"
          default ns3::ConfigStore::Mode "Save"
          default ns3::ConfigStore::Filename "output-attributes.txt"
          default ns3::ConfigStore::FileFormat "RawText"
          default ns3::ConfigExample::TestInt16 "-5"
          global SimulatorImplementationType "ns3::DefaultSimulatorImpl"
          global SchedulerType "ns3::MapScheduler"
          global RngSeed "1"
          global RngRun "1"
          global ChecksumEnabled "false"
          value /$ns3::ConfigExample/TestInt16 "-3"

       In  the  above,  several  of  the  default  values for attributes for the core and network
       modules are shown.  Then, all  the  values  for  the  ns-3  global  values  are  recorded.
       Finally,  the  value of the instance of ConfigExample that was rooted in the configuration
       namespace is shown.  In a real ns-3 program, many more models,  attributes,  and  defaults
       would be shown.

       An XML version also exists in output-attributes.xml:

          <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
          <ns3>
           <default name="ns3::ErrorModel::IsEnabled" value="true"/>
           <default name="ns3::RateErrorModel::ErrorUnit" value="ERROR_UNIT_BYTE"/>
           <default name="ns3::RateErrorModel::ErrorRate" value="0"/>
           <default name="ns3::RateErrorModel::RanVar" value="ns3::UniformRandomVariable[Min=0.0|Max=1.0]"/>
           <default name="ns3::BurstErrorModel::ErrorRate" value="0"/>
           <default name="ns3::BurstErrorModel::BurstStart" value="ns3::UniformRandomVariable[Min=0.0|Max=1.0]"/>
           <default name="ns3::BurstErrorModel::BurstSize" value="ns3::UniformRandomVariable[Min=1|Max=4]"/>
           <default name="ns3::PacketSocket::RcvBufSize" value="131072"/>
           <default name="ns3::PcapFileWrapper::CaptureSize" value="65535"/>
           <default name="ns3::PcapFileWrapper::NanosecMode" value="false"/>
           <default name="ns3::SimpleNetDevice::PointToPointMode" value="false"/>
           <default name="ns3::SimpleNetDevice::TxQueue" value="ns3::DropTailQueue&lt;Packet&gt;"/>
           <default name="ns3::SimpleNetDevice::DataRate" value="0bps"/>
           <default name="ns3::PacketSocketClient::MaxPackets" value="100"/>
           <default name="ns3::PacketSocketClient::Interval" value="+1000000000.0ns"/>
           <default name="ns3::PacketSocketClient::PacketSize" value="1024"/>
           <default name="ns3::PacketSocketClient::Priority" value="0"/>
           <default name="ns3::ConfigStore::Mode" value="Save"/>
           <default name="ns3::ConfigStore::Filename" value="output-attributes.xml"/>
           <default name="ns3::ConfigStore::FileFormat" value="Xml"/>
           <default name="ns3::ConfigExample::TestInt16" value="-5"/>
           <global name="SimulatorImplementationType" value="ns3::DefaultSimulatorImpl"/>
           <global name="SchedulerType" value="ns3::MapScheduler"/>
           <global name="RngSeed" value="1"/>
           <global name="RngRun" value="1"/>
           <global name="ChecksumEnabled" value="false"/>
           <value path="/$ns3::ConfigExample/TestInt16" value="-3"/>
          </ns3>

       This file can be archived with your simulation script and output data.

   Reading
       Next, we discuss configuring simulations via a stored input configuration file.  There are
       a couple of key differences  compared  to  writing  the  final  simulation  configuration.
       First,  we  need to place statements such as these at the beginning of the program, before
       simulation configuration statements are written (so the values are registered before being
       used in object construction).

          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Filename", StringValue ("input-defaults.xml"));
          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Mode", StringValue ("Load"));
          Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::FileFormat", StringValue ("Xml"));
          ConfigStore inputConfig;
          inputConfig.ConfigureDefaults ();

       Next,  note that loading of input configuration data is limited to Attribute default (i.e.
       not instance) values, and global values.  Attribute  instance  values  are  not  supported
       because  at this stage of the simulation, before any objects are constructed, there are no
       such object instances around.  (Note, future enhancements to the config store  may  change
       this behavior).

       Second,  while  the  output of ConfigStore state will list everything in the database, the
       input file need only contain the specific values to be overridden.  So,  one  way  to  use
       this  class for input file configuration is to generate an initial configuration using the
       output ("Save") "Mode" described above, extract from  that  configuration  file  only  the
       elements one wishes to change, and move these minimal elements to a new configuration file
       which can then safely be edited and loaded in a subsequent simulation run.

       When the ConfigStore object  is  instantiated,  its  attributes  "Filename",  "Mode",  and
       "FileFormat" must be set, either via command-line or via program statements.

   Reading/Writing Example
       As  a  more  complicated  example, let’s assume that we want to read in a configuration of
       defaults from an  input  file  named  input-defaults.xml,  and  write  out  the  resulting
       attributes to a separate file called output-attributes.xml.:

          #include "ns3/config-store-module.h"
          ...
          int main (...)
          {

            Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Filename", StringValue ("input-defaults.xml"));
            Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Mode", StringValue ("Load"));
            Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::FileFormat", StringValue ("Xml"));
            ConfigStore inputConfig;
            inputConfig.ConfigureDefaults ();

            //
            // Allow the user to override any of the defaults and the above Bind () at
            // run-time, viacommand-line arguments
            //
            CommandLine cmd;
            cmd.Parse (argc, argv);

            // setup topology
            ...

            // Invoke just before entering Simulator::Run ()
            Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Filename", StringValue ("output-attributes.xml"));
            Config::SetDefault ("ns3::ConfigStore::Mode", StringValue ("Save"));
            ConfigStore outputConfig;
            outputConfig.ConfigureAttributes ();
            Simulator::Run ();
          }

   ConfigStore GUI
       There  is  a  GTK-based  front end for the ConfigStore.  This allows users to use a GUI to
       access and change variables.  Screenshots of this  feature  are  available  in  the  |ns3|
       Overview presentation.

       To  use  this  feature,  one  must  install  libgtk  and  libgtk-dev;  an  example  Ubuntu
       installation command is:

          $ sudo apt-get install libgtk2.0-0 libgtk2.0-dev

       To check whether it is configured or not, check the output of the step:

          $ ./waf configure --enable-examples --enable-tests

          ---- Summary of optional NS-3 features:
          Python Bindings               : enabled
          Python API Scanning Support   : enabled
          NS-3 Click Integration        : enabled
          GtkConfigStore                : not enabled (library 'gtk+-2.0 >= 2.12' not found)

       In the above example, it was not enabled, so it cannot be used until a suitable version is
       installed and:

          $ ./waf configure --enable-examples --enable-tests
          $ ./waf

       is rerun.

       Usage  is  almost  the  same  as  the  non-GTK-based version, but there are no ConfigStore
       attributes involved:

          // Invoke just before entering Simulator::Run ()
          GtkConfigStore config;
          config.ConfigureDefaults ();
          config.ConfigureAttributes ();

       Now, when you run the script, a  GUI  should  pop  up,  allowing  you  to  open  menus  of
       attributes  on  different nodes/objects, and then launch the simulation execution when you
       are done.

OBJECT NAMES

       Placeholder chapter

LOGGING

       The ns-3 logging facility can be used to monitor  or  debug  the  progress  of  simulation
       programs.   Logging  output can be enabled by program statements in your main() program or
       by the use of the NS_LOG environment variable.

       Logging statements are not compiled into optimized builds of ns-3.  To  use  logging,  one
       must build the (default) debug build of ns-3.

       The  project  makes  no  guarantee  about whether logging output will remain the same over
       time.  Users are cautioned against building simulation output frameworks on top of logging
       code, as the output and the way the output is enabled may change over time.

   Overview
       ns-3  logging  statements are typically used to log various program execution events, such
       as the occurrence of simulation events or the use of a particular function.

       For example, this code snippet is from Ipv4L3Protocol::IsDestinationAddress():

          if (address == iaddr.GetBroadcast ())
            {
              NS_LOG_LOGIC ("For me (interface broadcast address)");
              return true;
             }

       If logging has been enabled for the Ipv4L3Protocol component at a  severity  of  LOGIC  or
       above  (see  below  about  log severity), the statement will be printed out; otherwise, it
       will be suppressed.

   Enabling Output
       There are two ways that users typically control log output.  The first is by  setting  the
       NS_LOG environment variable; e.g.:

          $ NS_LOG="*" ./waf --run first

       will run the first tutorial program with all logging output.  (The specifics of the NS_LOG
       format will be discussed below.)

       This can be made more granular by selecting individual components:

          $ NS_LOG="Ipv4L3Protocol" ./waf --run first

       The output can be further tailored with prefix options.

       The second way to enable logging is to use explicit statements in your program, such as in
       the first tutorial program:

          int
          main (int argc, char *argv[])
          {
            LogComponentEnable ("UdpEchoClientApplication", LOG_LEVEL_INFO);
            LogComponentEnable ("UdpEchoServerApplication", LOG_LEVEL_INFO);
            ...

       (The meaning of LOG_LEVEL_INFO, and other possible values, will be discussed below.)

   NS_LOG Syntax
       The  NS_LOG  environment  variable  contains  a  list  of log components and options.  Log
       components are separated by `:’ characters:

          $ NS_LOG="<log-component>:<log-component>..."

       Options for each log component are given as flags after each log component:

          $ NS_LOG="<log-component>=<option>|<option>...:<log-component>..."

       Options  control  the  severity  and  level  for  that  component,  and  whether  optional
       information  should  be  included,  such as the simulation time, simulation node, function
       name, and the symbolic severity.

   Log Components
       Generally a log component refers to a single source code .cc  file,  and  encompasses  the
       entire file.

       Some  helpers  have  special  methods to enable the logging of all components in a module,
       spanning different compilation units, but logically grouped together,  such  as  the  ns-3
       wifi code:

          WifiHelper wifiHelper;
          wifiHelper.EnableLogComponents ();

       The NS_LOG log component wildcard `*’ will enable all components.

       To see what log components are defined, any of these will work:

          $ NS_LOG="print-list" ./waf --run ...

          $ NS_LOG="foo"  # a token not matching any log-component

       The  first  form  will  print  the name and enabled flags for all log components which are
       linked in; try it with scratch-simulator.  The  second  form  prints  all  registered  log
       components, then exit with an error.

   Severity and Level Options
       Individual  messages  belong  to  a single “severity class,” set by the macro creating the
       message.  In the example above, NS_LOG_LOGIC(..) creates  the  message  in  the  LOG_LOGIC
       severity class.

       The following severity classes are defined as enum constants:

                          ┌───────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                          │Severity Class │ Meaning                          │
                          ├───────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                          │LOG_NONE       │ The default, no logging          │
                          ├───────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                          │LOG_ERROR      │ Serious error messages only      │
                          ├───────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                          │LOG_WARN       │ Warning messages                 │
                          ├───────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                          │LOG_DEBUG      │ For use in debugging             │
                          ├───────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                          │LOG_INFO       │ Informational                    │
                          ├───────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                          │LOG_FUNCTION   │ Function tracing                 │
                          ├───────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                          │LOG_LOGIC      │ Control   flow   tracing  within │
                          │               │ functions                        │
                          └───────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       Typically one wants to see messages at a given severity class and higher.  This is done by
       defining inclusive logging “levels”:

                        ┌───────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                        │Level              │ Meaning                          │
                        ├───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                        │LOG_LEVEL_ERROR    │ Only  LOG_ERROR  severity  class │
                        │                   │ messages.                        │
                        ├───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                        │LOG_LEVEL_WARNLOG_WARN and above.              │
                        ├───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                        │LOG_LEVEL_DEBUGLOG_DEBUG and above.             │
                        ├───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                        │LOG_LEVEL_INFOLOG_INFO and above.              │
                        └───────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

                        │LOG_LEVEL_FUNCTIONLOG_FUNCTION and above.          │
                        ├───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                        │LOG_LEVEL_LOGICLOG_LOGIC and above.             │
                        ├───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                        │LOG_LEVEL_ALL      │ All severity classes.            │
                        ├───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                        │LOG_ALL            │ Synonym for LOG_LEVEL_ALL        │
                        └───────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       The severity class and level options can be given in the NS_LOG  environment  variable  by
       these tokens:

                                      ┌─────────┬────────────────┐
                                      │Class    │ Level          │
                                      ├─────────┼────────────────┤
                                      │errorlevel_error    │
                                      ├─────────┼────────────────┤
                                      │warnlevel_warn     │
                                      ├─────────┼────────────────┤
                                      │debuglevel_debug    │
                                      ├─────────┼────────────────┤
                                      │infolevel_info     │
                                      ├─────────┼────────────────┤
                                      │functionlevel_function │
                                      ├─────────┼────────────────┤
                                      │logiclevel_logic    │
                                      ├─────────┼────────────────┤
                                      │         │ level_all      │
                                      │         │ all            │
                                      │         │ *              │
                                      └─────────┴────────────────┘

       Using  a  severity  class  token enables log messages at that severity only.  For example,
       NS_LOG="*=warn" won’t output messages with severity  error.   NS_LOG="*=level_debug"  will
       output messages at severity levels debug and above.

       Severity    classes    and    levels    can   be   combined   with   the   `|’   operator:
       NS_LOG="*=level_warn|logic" will output messages at severity levels error, warn and logic.

       The NS_LOG severity level wildcard `*’ and all are synonyms for level_all.

       For log components merely mentioned in NS_LOG

          $ NS_LOG="<log-component>:..."

       the default severity is LOG_LEVEL_ALL.

   Prefix Options
       A number of prefixes can help identify where and when a message originated,  and  at  what
       severity.

       The available prefix options (as enum constants) are

                         ┌─────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                         │Prefix Symbol    │ Meaning                          │
                         ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                         │LOG_PREFIX_FUNC  │ Prefix  the  name of the calling │
                         │                 │ function.                        │
                         ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                         │LOG_PREFIX_TIME  │ Prefix the simulation time.      │
                         ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                         │LOG_PREFIX_NODE  │ Prefix the node id.              │
                         ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                         │LOG_PREFIX_LEVEL │ Prefix the severity level.       │
                         ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                         │LOG_PREFIX_ALL   │ Enable all prefixes.             │
                         └─────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       The prefix options are described briefly below.

       The options can be given in the NS_LOG environment variable by these tokens:

                                       ┌─────────────┬───────────┐
                                       │Token        │ Alternate │
                                       ├─────────────┼───────────┤
                                       │prefix_funcfunc      │
                                       ├─────────────┼───────────┤
                                       │prefix_timetime      │
                                       ├─────────────┼───────────┤
                                       │prefix_nodenode      │
                                       ├─────────────┼───────────┤
                                       │prefix_levellevel     │
                                       ├─────────────┼───────────┤
                                       │prefix_allall       │
                                       │             │ *         │
                                       └─────────────┴───────────┘

       For log components merely mentioned in NS_LOG

          $ NS_LOG="<log-component>:..."

       the default prefix options are LOG_PREFIX_ALL.

   Severity Prefix
       The severity class of a message can be included with the options  prefix_level  or  level.
       For  example,  this  value  of NS_LOG enables logging for all log components (`*’) and all
       severity classes (=all), and prefixes the message with the severity class (|prefix_level).

          $ NS_LOG="*=all|prefix_level" ./waf --run scratch-simulator
          Scratch Simulator
          [ERROR] error message
          [WARN] warn message
          [DEBUG] debug message
          [INFO] info message
          [FUNCT] function message
          [LOGIC] logic message

   Time Prefix
       The simulation time can be included with the options prefix_time or time.  This prints the
       simulation time in seconds.

   Node Prefix
       The simulation node id can be included with the options prefix_node or node.

   Function Prefix
       The name of the calling function can be included with the options prefix_func or func.

   NS_LOG Wildcards
       The  log component wildcard `*’ will enable all components.  To enable all components at a
       specific severity level use *=<severity>.

       The severity level option wildcard `*’ is a synonym for all.  This must occur  before  any
       `|’ characters separating options.  To enable all severity classes, use <log-component>=*,
       or <log-component>=*|<options>.

       The option wildcard `*’ or token all enables all prefix options, but must  occur  after  a
       `|’  character.   To  enable  a  specific  severity  class or level, and all prefixes, use
       <log-component>=<severity>|*.

       The combined option wildcard ** enables all severities  and  all  prefixes;  for  example,
       <log-component>=**.

       The  uber-wildcard  ***  enables  all  severities and all prefixes for all log components.
       These are all equivalent:

          $ NS_LOG="***" ...      $ NS_LOG="*=all|*" ...        $ NS_LOG="*=*|all" ...
          $ NS_LOG="*=**" ...     $ NS_LOG="*=level_all|*" ...  $ NS_LOG="*=*|prefix_all" ...
          $ NS_LOG="*=*|*" ...

       Be advised:  even the trivial scratch-simulator produces over 46K  lines  of  output  with
       NS_LOG="***"!

   How to add logging to your code
       Adding logging to your code is very simple:

       1. Invoke the NS_LOG_COMPONENT_DEFINE (...); macro inside of namespace ns3.
          Create  a  unique string identifier (usually based on the name of the file and/or class
          defined within the file) and register it with a macro call such as follows:

              namespace ns3 {

              NS_LOG_COMPONENT_DEFINE ("Ipv4L3Protocol");
              ...

          This registers Ipv4L3Protocol as a log component.

          (The macro was carefully written to  permit  inclusion  either  within  or  outside  of
          namespace  ns3, and usage will vary across the codebase, but the original intent was to
          register this outside of namespace ns3 at file global scope.)

       2. Add logging statements (macro calls) to your functions and function bodies.

       In case you want to add logging statements to the methods of your  template  class  (which
       are defined in an header file):

       1. Invoke  the  NS_LOG_TEMPLATE_DECLARE;  macro  in  the  private  section  of  your class
          declaration. For instance:

              template <typename Item>
              class Queue : public QueueBase
              {
              ...
              private:
                std::list<Ptr<Item> > m_packets;          //!< the items in the queue
                NS_LOG_TEMPLATE_DECLARE;                  //!< the log component
              };

          This requires you to perform these steps for all the subclasses of your class.

       2. Invoke the NS_LOG_TEMPLATE_DEFINE (...); macro in the  constructor  of  your  class  by
          providing the name of a log component registered by calling the NS_LOG_COMPONENT_DEFINE
          (...); macro in some module. For instance:

              template <typename Item>
              Queue<Item>::Queue ()
                : NS_LOG_TEMPLATE_DEFINE ("Queue")
              {
              }

       3. Add logging statements (macro calls) to the methods of your class.

       In case you want to add logging statements to a static member template (which  is  defined
       in an header file):

       1. Invoke  the  NS_LOG_STATIC_TEMPLATE_DEFINE  (...);  macro  in  your  static  method  by
          providing the name of a log component registered by calling the NS_LOG_COMPONENT_DEFINE
          (...); macro in some module. For instance:

              template <typename Item>
              void
              NetDeviceQueue::PacketEnqueued (Ptr<Queue<Item> > queue,
                                              Ptr<NetDeviceQueueInterface> ndqi,
                                              uint8_t txq, Ptr<const Item> item)
              {

                NS_LOG_STATIC_TEMPLATE_DEFINE ("NetDeviceQueueInterface");
              ...

       2. Add logging statements (macro calls) to your static method.

   Controlling timestamp precision
       Timestamps  are  printed  out  in  units of seconds.  When used with the default ns-3 time
       resolution of nanoseconds, the default timestamp precision is 9 digits, with fixed format,
       to  allow  for  9  digits  to  be  consistently printed to the right of the decimal point.
       Example:

          +0.000123456s RandomVariableStream:SetAntithetic(0x805040, 0)

       When the ns-3 simulation uses higher time resolution such as picoseconds or  femtoseconds,
       the precision is expanded accordingly; e.g. for picosecond:

          +0.000123456789s RandomVariableStream:SetAntithetic(0x805040, 0)

       When  the  ns-3 simulation uses a time resolution lower than microseconds, the default C++
       precision is used.

       An example program  at  src\core\examples\sample-log-time-format.cc  demonstrates  how  to
       change the timestamp formatting.

       The maximum useful precision is 20 decimal digits, since Time is signed 64 bits.

   Logging Macros
          The logging macros and associated severity levels are

                                 ┌───────────────┬────────────────────────┐
                                 │Severity Class │ Macro                  │
                                 ├───────────────┼────────────────────────┤
                                 │LOG_NONE       │ (none needed)          │
                                 ├───────────────┼────────────────────────┤
                                 │LOG_ERRORNS_LOG_ERROR (...);    │
                                 ├───────────────┼────────────────────────┤
                                 │LOG_WARNNS_LOG_WARN (...);     │
                                 ├───────────────┼────────────────────────┤
                                 │LOG_DEBUGNS_LOG_DEBUG (...);    │
                                 ├───────────────┼────────────────────────┤
                                 │LOG_INFONS_LOG_INFO (...);     │
                                 ├───────────────┼────────────────────────┤
                                 │LOG_FUNCTIONNS_LOG_FUNCTION (...); │
                                 ├───────────────┼────────────────────────┤
                                 │LOG_LOGICNS_LOG_LOGIC (...);    │
                                 └───────────────┴────────────────────────┘

          The  macros function as output streamers, so anything you can send to std::cout, joined
          by << operators, is allowed:

              void MyClass::Check (int value, char * item)
              {
                NS_LOG_FUNCTION (this << arg << item);
                if (arg > 10)
                  {
                    NS_LOG_ERROR ("encountered bad value " << value <<
                                  " while checking " << name << "!");
                  }
                ...
              }

          Note that NS_LOG_FUNCTION automatically inserts a `,’ (comma-space)  separator  between
          each of its arguments.  This simplifies logging of function arguments; just concatenate
          them with << as in the example above.

   Unconditional Logging
       As a convenience, the NS_LOG_UNCOND (...); macro will always log its  arguments,  even  if
       the  associated log-component is not enabled at any severity.  This macro does not use any
       of the prefix options.  Note that logging is only enabled  in  debug  builds;  this  macro
       won’t produce output in optimized builds.

   Guidelines
       · Start  every  class  method  with  NS_LOG_FUNCTION  (this << args...); This enables easy
         function call tracing.

         · Except:  don’t log operators or explicit copy constructors,  since  these  will  cause
           infinite recursion and stack overflow.

         · For methods without arguments use the same form: NS_LOG_FUNCTION (this);

         · For static functions:

           · With arguments use NS_LOG_FUNCTION (...); as normal.

           · Without arguments use NS_LOG_FUNCTION_NOARGS ();

       · Use  NS_LOG_ERROR  for  serious error conditions that probably invalidate the simulation
         execution.

       · Use NS_LOG_WARN for unusual conditions that may be correctable.  Please give some  hints
         as to the nature of the problem and how it might be corrected.

       · NS_LOG_DEBUG is usually used in an ad hoc way to understand the execution of a model.

       · Use  NS_LOG_INFO  for  additional information about the execution, such as the size of a
         data structure when adding/removing from it.

       · Use NS_LOG_LOGIC to trace important logic branches within a function.

       · Test that your logging changes do not break the code.  Run some  example  programs  with
         all log components turned on (e.g.  NS_LOG="***").

       · Use  an  explicit  cast  for  any variable of type uint8_t or int8_t, e.g., NS_LOG_LOGIC
         ("Variable i is  "  <<  static_cast<int>  (i));.   Without  the  cast,  the  integer  is
         interpreted  as  a  char,  and  the  result  will  be  most  likely not in line with the
         expectations.  This is a well documented C++ ‘feature’.

TRACING

       The tracing subsystem is one of the most important mechanisms to understand  in  ns-3.  In
       most  cases,  ns-3  users  will have a brilliant idea for some new and improved networking
       feature. In order to verify that this idea works, the researcher will make changes  to  an
       existing  system  and then run experiments to see how the new feature behaves by gathering
       statistics that capture the behavior of the feature.

       In other words, the whole point of running a simulation is to generate output for  further
       study.  In  ns-3,  the  subsystem  that  enables  a  researcher  to do this is the tracing
       subsystem.

   Tracing Motivation
       There are many ways to get information out of a program. The most straightforward  way  is
       to just directly print the information to the standard output, as in,

          #include <iostream>
          ...
          int main ()
          {
            ...
            std::cout << "The value of x is " << x << std::endl;
            ...
          }

       This  is  workable  in  small  environments,  but  as  your  simulations get more and more
       complicated, you end up with more and more prints and the task of parsing  and  performing
       computations on the output begins to get harder and harder.

       Another  thing  to  consider  is that every time a new tidbit is needed, the software core
       must be edited and another print introduced. There is no standardized way to  control  all
       of  this  output,  so  the  amount of output tends to grow without bounds. Eventually, the
       bandwidth required for simply outputting this information begins to limit the running time
       of  the  simulation.  The  output  files grow to enormous sizes and parsing them becomes a
       problem.

       ns-3 provides a simple mechanism for logging and providing some control  over  output  via
       Log  Components,  but  the  level  of control is not very fine grained at all. The logging
       module is a relatively blunt instrument.

       It is desirable to have a facility that allows one to reach into the core system and  only
       get  the information required without having to change and recompile the core system. Even
       better would be a system that notified the user when an item of  interest  changed  or  an
       interesting event happened.

       The  ns-3 tracing system is designed to work along those lines and is well-integrated with
       the Attribute and Config substems allowing for relatively simple use scenarios.

   Overview
       The tracing subsystem relies heavily on the ns-3 Callback and  Attribute  mechanisms.  You
       should  read  and understand the corresponding sections of the manual before attempting to
       understand the tracing system.

       The ns-3 tracing system is built on  the  concepts  of  independent  tracing  sources  and
       tracing sinks; along with a uniform mechanism for connecting sources to sinks.

       Trace  sources are entities that can signal events that happen in a simulation and provide
       access to interesting underlying data. For example, a trace source could indicate  when  a
       packet  is  received  by  a  net  device  and  provide  access  to the packet contents for
       interested trace sinks. A trace source might  also  indicate  when  an  interesting  state
       change  happens  in  a model. For example, the congestion window of a TCP model is a prime
       candidate for a trace source.

       Trace sources are not useful by themselves; they must be connected to other pieces of code
       that  actually  do  something  useful  with  the  information provided by the source.  The
       entities that consume  trace  information  are  called  trace  sinks.  Trace  sources  are
       generators of events and trace sinks are consumers.

       This  explicit  division  allows for large numbers of trace sources to be scattered around
       the system in places which model authors believe might be useful. Unless a user connects a
       trace  sink to one of these sources, nothing is output. This arrangement allows relatively
       unsophisticated users to attach new types of sinks to existing  tracing  sources,  without
       requiring editing and recompiling the core or models of the simulator.

       There  can be zero or more consumers of trace events generated by a trace source.  One can
       think of a trace source as a kind of point-to-multipoint information link.

       The “transport protocol” for this conceptual point-to-multipoint link is an ns-3 Callback.

       Recall from the Callback Section that callback facility is a way to allow two  modules  in
       the system to communicate via function calls while at the same time decoupling the calling
       function from the called class completely. This is the same requirement as outlined  above
       for the tracing system.

       Basically,  a  trace  source  is a callback to which multiple functions may be registered.
       When a trace sink expresses interest in receiving trace events, it adds a  callback  to  a
       list  of  callbacks held by the trace source. When an interesting event happens, the trace
       source invokes its operator() providing zero or more parameters. This tells the source  to
       go  through its list of callbacks invoking each one in turn. In this way, the parameter(s)
       are communicated to the trace sinks, which are just functions.

   The Simplest Example
       It will be useful to go walk a quick example just to reinforce what we’ve said.:

          #include "ns3/object.h"
          #include "ns3/uinteger.h"
          #include "ns3/traced-value.h""
          #include "ns3/trace-source-accessor.h"

          #include <iostream>

          using namespace ns3;

       The first thing to do is include the required files. As mentioned above, the trace  system
       makes  heavy  use of the Object and Attribute systems. The first two includes bring in the
       declarations  for  those  systems.  The  file,  traced-value.h  brings  in  the   required
       declarations for tracing data that obeys value semantics.

       In  general,  value  semantics  just  means  that  you  can pass the object around, not an
       address. In order to use value semantics at all  you  have  to  have  an  object  with  an
       associated  copy constructor and assignment operator available. We extend the requirements
       to talk about the set of operators that are pre-defined for  plain-old-data  (POD)  types.
       Operator=, operator++, operator–, operator+, operator==, etc.

       What  this  all  means  is  that you will be able to trace changes to an object made using
       those operators.:

          class MyObject : public Object
          {
          public:
            static TypeId GetTypeId (void)
            {
              static TypeId tid = TypeId ("MyObject")
                .SetParent (Object::GetTypeId ())
                .AddConstructor<MyObject> ()
                .AddTraceSource ("MyInteger",
                                 "An integer value to trace.",
                                 MakeTraceSourceAccessor (&MyObject::m_myInt))
                ;
              return tid;
            }

            MyObject () {}
            TracedValue<uint32_t> m_myInt;
          };

       Since the tracing system is integrated with Attributes, and Attributes work with  Objects,
       there  must  be an ns-3 Object for the trace source to live in. The two important lines of
       code are the .AddTraceSource and the TracedValue declaration.

       The .AddTraceSource provides the “hooks” used for  connecting  the  trace  source  to  the
       outside  world. The TracedValue declaration provides the infrastructure that overloads the
       operators mentioned above and drives the callback process.:

          void
          IntTrace (Int oldValue, Int newValue)
          {
            std::cout << "Traced " << oldValue << " to " << newValue << std::endl;
          }

       This is the definition of the trace sink. It corresponds directly to a callback  function.
       This  function  will  be  called  whenever  one  of  the  operators  of the TracedValue is
       executed.:

          int
          main (int argc, char *argv[])
          {
            Ptr<MyObject> myObject = CreateObject<MyObject> ();

            myObject->TraceConnectWithoutContext ("MyInteger", MakeCallback(&IntTrace));

            myObject->m_myInt = 1234;
          }

       In this snippet, the first thing that needs to be done is to create the  object  in  which
       the trace source lives.

       The  next  step,  the  TraceConnectWithoutContext,  forms the connection between the trace
       source and the trace sink. Notice the MakeCallback  template  function.  Recall  from  the
       Callback  section  that this creates the specialized functor responsible for providing the
       overloaded operator() used to “fire” the callback. The overloaded operators (++, –,  etc.)
       will  use this operator() to actually invoke the callback. The TraceConnectWithoutContext,
       takes a string parameter that provides the name of the Attribute  assigned  to  the  trace
       source. Let’s ignore the bit about context for now since it is not important yet.

       Finally, the line,:

          myObject->m_myInt = 1234;

       should  be  interpreted  as an invocation of operator= on the member variable m_myInt with
       the integer 1234 passed as a parameter. It turns out that this  operator  is  defined  (by
       TracedValue)  to  execute  a  callback  that  returns void and takes two integer values as
       parameters – an old value and a new value for the integer in question. That is exactly the
       function signature for the callback function we provided – IntTrace.

       To  summarize, a trace source is, in essence, a variable that holds a list of callbacks. A
       trace sink is a function used as the target of a callback. The Attribute and  object  type
       information systems are used to provide a way to connect trace sources to trace sinks. The
       act of “hitting” a trace source is executing an operator on the trace source  which  fires
       callbacks.  This  results  in  the trace sink callbacks registering interest in the source
       being called with the parameters provided by the source.

   Using the Config Subsystem to Connect to Trace Sources
       The TraceConnectWithoutContext call shown above in the simple  example  is  actually  very
       rarely used in the system. More typically, the Config subsystem is used to allow selecting
       a trace source in the system using what is called a config path.

       For example, one might find something that looks like the following in the  system  (taken
       from examples/tcp-large-transfer.cc):

          void CwndTracer (uint32_t oldval, uint32_t newval) {}

          ...

          Config::ConnectWithoutContext (
            "/NodeList/0/$ns3::TcpL4Protocol/SocketList/0/CongestionWindow",
            MakeCallback (&CwndTracer));

       This  should look very familiar. It is the same thing as the previous example, except that
       a static member function of class Config is being called instead of a  method  on  Object;
       and instead of an Attribute name, a path is being provided.

       The  first  thing to do is to read the path backward. The last segment of the path must be
       an Attribute of an Object. In fact, if you had a  pointer  to  the  Object  that  has  the
       “CongestionWindow” Attribute handy (call it theObject), you could write this just like the
       previous example:

          void CwndTracer (uint32_t oldval, uint32_t newval) {}

          ...

          theObject->TraceConnectWithoutContext ("CongestionWindow", MakeCallback (&CwndTracer));

       It turns out that the code  for  Config::ConnectWithoutContext  does  exactly  that.  This
       function takes a path that represents a chain of Object pointers and follows them until it
       gets to the end of the path and interprets the last segment as an Attribute  on  the  last
       object. Let’s walk through what happens.

       The  leading  “/”  character  in  the  path  refers  to  a so-called namespace. One of the
       predefined namespaces in the config system is “NodeList” which is a list  of  all  of  the
       nodes  in  the  simulation. Items in the list are referred to by indices into the list, so
       “/NodeList/0” refers to the zeroth node in the list of nodes created  by  the  simulation.
       This node is actually a Ptr<Node> and so is a subclass of an ns3::Object.

       As  described  in the Object-model section, ns-3 supports an object aggregation model. The
       next path segment begins with the “$” character which indicates a GetObject call should be
       made   looking   for   the   type  that  follows.   When  a  node  is  initialized  by  an
       InternetStackHelper a number of interfaces are aggregated to the node. One of these is the
       TCP level four protocol. The runtime type of this protocol object is ns3::TcpL4Protocol''.
       When the ``GetObject is executed, it returns a pointer to the object of this type.

       The TcpL4Protocol class defines an Attribute  called  “SocketList”  which  is  a  list  of
       sockets.   Each  socket  is actually an ns3::Object with its own Attributes.  The items in
       the list of sockets are referred to by index just as in the  NodeList,  so  “SocketList/0”
       refers  to  the  zeroth socket in the list of sockets on the zeroth node in the NodeList –
       the first node constructed in the simulation.

       This socket, the type of which turns out to be an ns3::TcpSocketImpl defines an  attribute
       called      “CongestionWindow”      which     is     a     TracedValue<uint32_t>.      The
       Config::ConnectWithoutContext now does a,:

          object->TraceConnectWithoutContext ("CongestionWindow", MakeCallback (&CwndTracer));

       using the object pointer from “SocketList/0” which makes the connection between the  trace
       source defined in the socket to the callback – CwndTracer.

       Now,  whenever  a  change is made to the TracedValue<uint32_t> representing the congestion
       window in the TCP socket, the registered  callback  will  be  executed  and  the  function
       CwndTracer  will  be  called  printing  out  the  old and new values of the TCP congestion
       window.

   Using the Tracing API
       There are three levels of interaction with the tracing system:

       · Beginning user can easily control which objects are participating in tracing;

       · Intermediate users can extend the tracing system to modify the output  format  generated
         or  use  existing  trace  sources  in  different ways, without modifying the core of the
         simulator;

       · Advanced users can modify the simulator core to add new tracing sources and sinks.

   Using Trace Helpers
       The ns-3 trace helpers provide a rich environment for configuring and selecting  different
       trace  events  and  writing  them  to  files.  In  previous  sections, primarily “Building
       Topologies,” we have seen several varieties of the trace helper methods designed  for  use
       inside other (device) helpers.

       Perhaps you will recall seeing some of these variations:

          pointToPoint.EnablePcapAll ("second");
          pointToPoint.EnablePcap ("second", p2pNodes.Get (0)->GetId (), 0);
          csma.EnablePcap ("third", csmaDevices.Get (0), true);
          pointToPoint.EnableAsciiAll (ascii.CreateFileStream ("myfirst.tr"));

       What  may  not  be  obvious,  though,  is  that there is a consistent model for all of the
       trace-related methods found in the system. We will now take a little time and take a  look
       at the “big picture”.

       There  are  currently two primary use cases of the tracing helpers in ns-3: Device helpers
       and protocol helpers. Device helpers look at the problem of specifying which traces should
       be  enabled  through  a node, device pair.  For example, you may want to specify that pcap
       tracing should be enabled on a particular device on a specific node. This follows from the
       ns-3  device  conceptual  model,  and  also  the  conceptual  models of the various device
       helpers.    Following   naturally   from   this,    the    files    created    follow    a
       <prefix>-<node>-<device> naming convention.

       Protocol  helpers look at the problem of specifying which traces should be enabled through
       a protocol and interface pair. This follows from the ns-3 protocol stack conceptual model,
       and  also  the  conceptual  models  of  internet stack helpers. Naturally, the trace files
       should follow a <prefix>-<protocol>-<interface> naming convention.

       The trace helpers therefore fall naturally into a  two-dimensional  taxonomy.   There  are
       subtleties  that  prevent  all four classes from behaving identically, but we do strive to
       make them all work as similarly as possible; and whenever possible there are  analogs  for
       all methods in all classes.

                                     ┌────────────────┬──────┬───────┐
                                     │                │ pcap │ ascii │
                                     ├────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
                                     │Device Helper   │      │       │
                                     ├────────────────┼──────┼───────┤
                                     │Protocol Helper │      │       │
                                     └────────────────┴──────┴───────┘

       We  use  an  approach called a mixin to add tracing functionality to our helper classes. A
       mixin is a class  that  provides  functionality  to  that  is  inherited  by  a  subclass.
       Inheriting  from a mixin is not considered a form of specialization but is really a way to
       collect functionality.

       Let’s take a quick look at all four of these cases and their respective mixins.

   Pcap Tracing Device Helpers
       The goal of these helpers is to make it easy to add a consistent pcap trace facility to an
       ns-3  device.  We  want all of the various flavors of pcap tracing to work the same across
       all devices, so the methods of these helpers are inherited by device helpers. Take a  look
       at src/network/helper/trace-helper.h if you want to follow the discussion while looking at
       real code.

       The class PcapHelperForDevice is a mixin provides the high level functionality  for  using
       pcap  tracing  in  an  ns-3  device.  Every  device must implement a single virtual method
       inherited from this class.:

          virtual void EnablePcapInternal (std::string prefix, Ptr<NetDevice> nd, bool promiscuous) = 0;

       The signature of this method reflects the device-centric view of  the  situation  at  this
       level.  All  of  the public methods inherited from class PcapUserHelperForDevice reduce to
       calling this single device-dependent implementation method. For example, the lowest  level
       pcap method,:

          void EnablePcap (std::string prefix, Ptr<NetDevice> nd, bool promiscuous = false, bool explicitFilename = false);

       will  call the device implementation of EnablePcapInternal directly. All other public pcap
       tracing  methods  build  on  this  implementation   to   provide   additional   user-level
       functionality.  What  this means to the user is that all device helpers in the system will
       have all of the pcap trace methods available; and these methods will all work in the  same
       way across devices if the device implements EnablePcapInternal correctly.

   Pcap Tracing Device Helper Methods
          void EnablePcap (std::string prefix, Ptr<NetDevice> nd,
                           bool promiscuous = false, bool explicitFilename = false);
          void EnablePcap (std::string prefix, std::string ndName,
                           bool promiscuous = false, bool explicitFilename = false);
          void EnablePcap (std::string prefix, NetDeviceContainer d,
                           bool promiscuous = false);
          void EnablePcap (std::string prefix, NodeContainer n,
                           bool promiscuous = false);
          void EnablePcap (std::string prefix, uint32_t nodeid, uint32_t deviceid,
                           bool promiscuous = false);
          void EnablePcapAll (std::string prefix, bool promiscuous = false);

       In  each  of the methods shown above, there is a default parameter called promiscuous that
       defaults to false. This parameter indicates that the  trace  should  not  be  gathered  in
       promiscuous  mode.  If  you  do want your traces to include all traffic seen by the device
       (and if the device supports a promiscuous mode) simply add a true parameter to any of  the
       calls above. For example,:

          Ptr<NetDevice> nd;
          ...
          helper.EnablePcap ("prefix", nd, true);

       will enable promiscuous mode captures on the NetDevice specified by nd.

       The  first  two methods also include a default parameter called explicitFilename that will
       be discussed below.

       You are encouraged to peruse the Doxygen for class PcapHelperForDevice to find the details
       of these methods; but to summarize …

       You  can  enable  pcap  tracing  on  a  particular  node/net-device  pair  by  providing a
       Ptr<NetDevice> to an EnablePcap method. The Ptr<Node> is implicit  since  the  net  device
       must belong to exactly one Node. For example,:

          Ptr<NetDevice> nd;
          ...
          helper.EnablePcap ("prefix", nd);

       You  can  enable  pcap  tracing  on  a  particular  node/net-device  pair  by  providing a
       std::string representing an object name service  string  to  an  EnablePcap  method.   The
       Ptr<NetDevice> is looked up from the name string.  Again, the <Node> is implicit since the
       named net device must belong to exactly one Node.  For example,:

          Names::Add ("server" ...);
          Names::Add ("server/eth0" ...);
          ...
          helper.EnablePcap ("prefix", "server/ath0");

       You can enable pcap tracing on a  collection  of  node/net-device  pairs  by  providing  a
       NetDeviceContainer.  For  each  NetDevice  in the container the type is checked.  For each
       device of the proper type (the same type as is managed by the device helper),  tracing  is
       enabled.  Again,  the <Node> is implicit since the found net device must belong to exactly
       one Node. For example,:

          NetDeviceContainer d = ...;
          ...
          helper.EnablePcap ("prefix", d);

       You can enable pcap tracing on a  collection  of  node/net-device  pairs  by  providing  a
       NodeContainer.  For  each  Node in the NodeContainer its attached NetDevices are iterated.
       For each NetDevice attached to each node in the container, the  type  of  that  device  is
       checked.   For  each  device of the proper type (the same type as is managed by the device
       helper), tracing is enabled.:

          NodeContainer n;
          ...
          helper.EnablePcap ("prefix", n);

       You can enable pcap tracing on the basis of node ID and device ID as well as with explicit
       Ptr.  Each  Node  in the system has an integer node ID and each device connected to a node
       has an integer device ID.:

          helper.EnablePcap ("prefix", 21, 1);

       Finally, you can enable pcap tracing for all devices in the system, with the same type  as
       that managed by the device helper.:

          helper.EnablePcapAll ("prefix");

   Pcap Tracing Device Helper Filename Selection
       Implicit  in  the  method descriptions above is the construction of a complete filename by
       the implementation method. By convention, pcap traces in the ns-3 system are of  the  form
       <prefix>-<node id>-<device id>.pcap

       As previously mentioned, every node in the system will have a system-assigned node id; and
       every device will have an interface index (also called a device id) relative to its  node.
       By  default,  then, a pcap trace file created as a result of enabling tracing on the first
       device of node 21 using the prefix “prefix” would be prefix-21-1.pcap.

       You can always use the ns-3 object name service to make this more clear.  For example,  if
       you use the object name service to assign the name “server” to node 21, the resulting pcap
       trace file name will automatically become, prefix-server-1.pcap and if you also assign the
       name  “eth0”  to  the  device,  your pcap file name will automatically pick this up and be
       called prefix-server-eth0.pcap.

       Finally, two of the methods shown above,:

          void EnablePcap (std::string prefix, Ptr<NetDevice> nd, bool promiscuous = false, bool explicitFilename = false);
          void EnablePcap (std::string prefix, std::string ndName, bool promiscuous = false, bool explicitFilename = false);

       have a default parameter  called  explicitFilename.  When  set  to  true,  this  parameter
       disables  the automatic filename completion mechanism and allows you to create an explicit
       filename. This option is only available in the methods which  enable  pcap  tracing  on  a
       single device.

       For  example,  in order to arrange for a device helper to create a single promiscuous pcap
       capture file of a specific name (my-pcap-file.pcap) on a given device, one could:

          Ptr<NetDevice> nd;
          ...
          helper.EnablePcap ("my-pcap-file.pcap", nd, true, true);

       The first true parameter enables promiscuous mode traces and the second tells  the  helper
       to interpret the prefix parameter as a complete filename.

   Ascii Tracing Device Helpers
       The behavior of the ASCII trace helper mixin is substantially similar to the pcap version.
       Take a look at src/network/helper/trace-helper.h if you  want  to  follow  the  discussion
       while looking at real code.

       The  class  AsciiTraceHelperForDevice  adds  the  high level functionality for using ASCII
       tracing to a device helper class. As in the pcap  case,  every  device  must  implement  a
       single virtual method inherited from the ASCII trace mixin.:

          virtual void EnableAsciiInternal (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, std::string prefix, Ptr<NetDevice> nd) = 0;

       The  signature  of  this  method reflects the device-centric view of the situation at this
       level; and also the fact that the helper may be writing to a shared output stream. All  of
       the  public  ASCII-trace-related  methods  inherited  from class AsciiTraceHelperForDevice
       reduce to calling this single device- dependent implementation method.  For  example,  the
       lowest level ASCII trace methods,:

          void EnableAscii (std::string prefix, Ptr<NetDevice> nd);
          void EnableAscii (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, Ptr<NetDevice> nd);

       will  call  the  device implementation of EnableAsciiInternal directly, providing either a
       valid prefix or stream.  All other public  ASCII  tracing  methods  will  build  on  these
       low-level functions to provide additional user-level functionality. What this means to the
       user is that all device helpers in the system will have all of  the  ASCII  trace  methods
       available;  and  these methods will all work in the same way across devices if the devices
       implement EnablAsciiInternal correctly.

   Ascii Tracing Device Helper Methods
          void EnableAscii (std::string prefix, Ptr<NetDevice> nd);
          void EnableAscii (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, Ptr<NetDevice> nd);

          void EnableAscii (std::string prefix, std::string ndName);
          void EnableAscii (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, std::string ndName);

          void EnableAscii (std::string prefix, NetDeviceContainer d);
          void EnableAscii (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, NetDeviceContainer d);

          void EnableAscii (std::string prefix, NodeContainer n);
          void EnableAscii (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, NodeContainer n);

          void EnableAscii (std::string prefix, uint32_t nodeid, uint32_t deviceid);
          void EnableAscii (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, uint32_t nodeid, uint32_t deviceid);

          void EnableAsciiAll (std::string prefix);
          void EnableAsciiAll (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream);

       You are encouraged to peruse the  Doxygen  for  class  TraceHelperForDevice  to  find  the
       details of these methods; but to summarize …

       There  are  twice  as  many  methods  available  for  ASCII tracing as there were for pcap
       tracing. This is because, in addition to the  pcap-style  model  where  traces  from  each
       unique  node/device  pair  are written to a unique file, we support a model in which trace
       information for many node/device pairs is written to a common file.  This means  that  the
       <prefix>-<node>-<device>  file  name  generation  mechanism  is replaced by a mechanism to
       refer to a  common  file;  and  the  number  of  API  methods  is  doubled  to  allow  all
       combinations.

       Just as in pcap tracing, you can enable ASCII tracing on a particular node/net-device pair
       by providing a Ptr<NetDevice> to an EnableAscii method. The Ptr<Node>  is  implicit  since
       the net device must belong to exactly one Node. For example,:

          Ptr<NetDevice> nd;
          ...
          helper.EnableAscii ("prefix", nd);

       In  this  case,  no trace contexts are written to the ASCII trace file since they would be
       redundant. The system will pick the file name to  be  created  using  the  same  rules  as
       described  in the pcap section, except that the file will have the suffix “.tr” instead of
       “.pcap”.

       If you want to enable ASCII tracing on more than one net device and have all  traces  sent
       to a single file, you can do that as well by using an object to refer to a single file:

          Ptr<NetDevice> nd1;
          Ptr<NetDevice> nd2;
          ...
          Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream = asciiTraceHelper.CreateFileStream ("trace-file-name.tr");
          ...
          helper.EnableAscii (stream, nd1);
          helper.EnableAscii (stream, nd2);

       In  this  case, trace contexts are written to the ASCII trace file since they are required
       to disambiguate traces from the two devices.  Note  that  since  the  user  is  completely
       specifying the file name, the string should include the “.tr” for consistency.

       You  can  enable  ASCII  tracing  on  a  particular  node/net-device  pair  by providing a
       std::string representing an object name service  string  to  an  EnablePcap  method.   The
       Ptr<NetDevice> is looked up from the name string.  Again, the <Node> is implicit since the
       named net device must belong to exactly one Node.  For example,:

          Names::Add ("client" ...);
          Names::Add ("client/eth0" ...);
          Names::Add ("server" ...);
          Names::Add ("server/eth0" ...);
          ...
          helper.EnableAscii ("prefix", "client/eth0");
          helper.EnableAscii ("prefix", "server/eth0");

       This would result in two files named prefix-client-eth0.tr and prefix-server-eth0.tr  with
       traces  for  each  device  in  the  respective  trace  file.  Since all of the EnableAscii
       functions are overloaded to take a stream wrapper, you can use that form as well:

          Names::Add ("client" ...);
          Names::Add ("client/eth0" ...);
          Names::Add ("server" ...);
          Names::Add ("server/eth0" ...);
          ...
          Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream = asciiTraceHelper.CreateFileStream ("trace-file-name.tr");
          ...
          helper.EnableAscii (stream, "client/eth0");
          helper.EnableAscii (stream, "server/eth0");

       This would result in a single trace file called trace-file-name.tr that  contains  all  of
       the  trace  events  for  both  devices. The events would be disambiguated by trace context
       strings.

       You can enable ASCII tracing on a collection  of  node/net-device  pairs  by  providing  a
       NetDeviceContainer.  For  each  NetDevice  in  the container the type is checked. For each
       device of the proper type (the same type as is managed by the device helper),  tracing  is
       enabled.  Again,  the <Node> is implicit since the found net device must belong to exactly
       one Node.  For example,:

          NetDeviceContainer d = ...;
          ...
          helper.EnableAscii ("prefix", d);

       This would result in a number of ASCII trace files being created, each  of  which  follows
       the  <prefix>-<node  id>-<device  id>.tr  convention.  Combining  all of the traces into a
       single file is accomplished similarly to the examples above:

          NetDeviceContainer d = ...;
          ...
          Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream = asciiTraceHelper.CreateFileStream ("trace-file-name.tr");
          ...
          helper.EnableAscii (stream, d);

       You can enable ascii tracing on a collection  of  node/net-device  pairs  by  providing  a
       NodeContainer.  For  each  Node in the NodeContainer its attached NetDevices are iterated.
       For each NetDevice attached to each node in the container, the  type  of  that  device  is
       checked.   For  each  device of the proper type (the same type as is managed by the device
       helper), tracing is enabled.:

          NodeContainer n;
          ...
          helper.EnableAscii ("prefix", n);

       This would result in a number of ASCII trace files being created, each  of  which  follows
       the  <prefix>-<node  id>-<device  id>.tr  convention.  Combining  all of the traces into a
       single file is accomplished similarly to the examples above:

       You can enable pcap tracing on the basis of node ID and device ID as well as with explicit
       Ptr.  Each  Node  in the system has an integer node ID and each device connected to a node
       has an integer device ID.:

          helper.EnableAscii ("prefix", 21, 1);

       Of course, the traces can be combined into a single file as shown above.

       Finally, you can enable pcap tracing for all devices in the system, with the same type  as
       that managed by the device helper.:

          helper.EnableAsciiAll ("prefix");

       This  would result in a number of ASCII trace files being created, one for every device in
       the system of the type managed  by  the  helper.  All  of  these  files  will  follow  the
       <prefix>-<node  id>-<device  id>.tr  convention. Combining all of the traces into a single
       file is accomplished similarly to the examples above.

   Ascii Tracing Device Helper Filename Selection
       Implicit in the prefix-style method descriptions above is the construction of the complete
       filenames by the implementation method. By convention, ASCII traces in the ns-3 system are
       of the form <prefix>-<node id>-<device id>.tr.

       As previously mentioned, every node in the system will have a system-assigned node id; and
       every  device will have an interface index (also called a device id) relative to its node.
       By default, then, an ASCII trace file created as a result of enabling tracing on the first
       device of node 21, using the prefix “prefix”, would be prefix-21-1.tr.

       You  can always use the ns-3 object name service to make this more clear.  For example, if
       you use the object name service to assign the name “server”  to  node  21,  the  resulting
       ASCII trace file name will automatically become, prefix-server-1.tr and if you also assign
       the name “eth0” to the device, your ASCII trace file name will automatically pick this  up
       and be called prefix-server-eth0.tr.

   Pcap Tracing Protocol Helpers
       The  goal  of  these  mixins is to make it easy to add a consistent pcap trace facility to
       protocols. We want all of the various flavors of pcap tracing to work the same across  all
       protocols,  so the methods of these helpers are inherited by stack helpers. Take a look at
       src/network/helper/trace-helper.h if you want to follow the discussion  while  looking  at
       real code.

       In  this  section we will be illustrating the methods as applied to the protocol Ipv4.  To
       specify traces in similar protocols, just substitute the appropriate type.   For  example,
       use a Ptr<Ipv6> instead of a Ptr<Ipv4> and call EnablePcapIpv6 instead of EnablePcapIpv4.

       The  class  PcapHelperForIpv4 provides the high level functionality for using pcap tracing
       in the Ipv4 protocol.  Each protocol helper enabling these methods must implement a single
       virtual  method  inherited  from  this class.  There will be a separate implementation for
       Ipv6, for example, but the only difference will be in the  method  names  and  signatures.
       Different  method  names  are required to disambiguate class Ipv4 from Ipv6 which are both
       derived from class Object, and methods that share the same signature.:

          virtual void EnablePcapIpv4Internal (std::string prefix, Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4, uint32_t interface) = 0;

       The signature of this method reflects the  protocol  and  interface-centric  view  of  the
       situation  at this level. All of the public methods inherited from class PcapHelperForIpv4
       reduce to calling this single device-dependent implementation method.   For  example,  the
       lowest level pcap method,:

          void EnablePcapIpv4 (std::string prefix, Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4, uint32_t interface);

       will  call the device implementation of EnablePcapIpv4Internal directly.  All other public
       pcap tracing methods  build  on  this  implementation  to  provide  additional  user-level
       functionality. What this means to the user is that all protocol helpers in the system will
       have all of the pcap trace methods available; and these methods will all work in the  same
       way across protocols if the helper implements EnablePcapIpv4Internal correctly.

   Pcap Tracing Protocol Helper Methods
       These  methods  are  designed  to  be  in  one-to-one  correspondence  with  the Node- and
       NetDevice- centric versions of the device versions. Instead of  Node  and  NetDevice  pair
       constraints, we use protocol and interface constraints.

       Note that just like in the device version, there are six methods:

          void EnablePcapIpv4 (std::string prefix, Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4, uint32_t interface);
          void EnablePcapIpv4 (std::string prefix, std::string ipv4Name, uint32_t interface);
          void EnablePcapIpv4 (std::string prefix, Ipv4InterfaceContainer c);
          void EnablePcapIpv4 (std::string prefix, NodeContainer n);
          void EnablePcapIpv4 (std::string prefix, uint32_t nodeid, uint32_t interface);
          void EnablePcapIpv4All (std::string prefix);

       You  are  encouraged to peruse the Doxygen for class PcapHelperForIpv4 to find the details
       of these methods; but to summarize …

       You can enable pcap tracing  on  a  particular  protocol/interface  pair  by  providing  a
       Ptr<Ipv4> and interface to an EnablePcap method.  For example,:

          Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4 = node->GetObject<Ipv4> ();
          ...
          helper.EnablePcapIpv4 ("prefix", ipv4, 0);

       You  can  enable  pcap  tracing  on  a  particular  node/net-device  pair  by  providing a
       std::string representing an object name service  string  to  an  EnablePcap  method.   The
       Ptr<Ipv4> is looked up from the name string.  For example,:

          Names::Add ("serverIPv4" ...);
          ...
          helper.EnablePcapIpv4 ("prefix", "serverIpv4", 1);

       You  can  enable  pcap tracing on a collection of protocol/interface pairs by providing an
       Ipv4InterfaceContainer. For each Ipv4 / interface pair in the container the protocol  type
       is  checked.  For  each  protocol  of  the proper type (the same type as is managed by the
       device helper), tracing is enabled for the corresponding interface.  For example,:

          NodeContainer nodes;
          ...
          NetDeviceContainer devices = deviceHelper.Install (nodes);
          ...
          Ipv4AddressHelper ipv4;
          ipv4.SetBase ("10.1.1.0", "255.255.255.0");
          Ipv4InterfaceContainer interfaces = ipv4.Assign (devices);
          ...
          helper.EnablePcapIpv4 ("prefix", interfaces);

       You can enable pcap tracing on a collection of protocol/interface  pairs  by  providing  a
       NodeContainer.  For  each Node in the NodeContainer the appropriate protocol is found. For
       each protocol, its interfaces are enumerated and  tracing  is  enabled  on  the  resulting
       pairs. For example,:

          NodeContainer n;
          ...
          helper.EnablePcapIpv4 ("prefix", n);

       You  can  enable pcap tracing on the basis of node ID and interface as well. In this case,
       the node-id is translated to a Ptr<Node> and the appropriate protocol is looked up in  the
       node.  The  resulting  protocol  and  interface  are  used  to specify the resulting trace
       source.:

          helper.EnablePcapIpv4 ("prefix", 21, 1);

       Finally, you can enable pcap tracing for all interfaces in  the  system,  with  associated
       protocol being the same type as that managed by the device helper.:

          helper.EnablePcapIpv4All ("prefix");

   Pcap Tracing Protocol Helper Filename Selection
       Implicit  in  all  of  the  method  descriptions above is the construction of the complete
       filenames by the implementation method. By convention, pcap traces taken  for  devices  in
       the  ns-3  system  are  of  the  form  <prefix>-<node id>-<device id>.pcap. In the case of
       protocol traces, there is a one-to-one correspondence between protocols and Nodes. This is
       because protocol Objects are aggregated to Node Objects. Since there is no global protocol
       id in the system, we use the corresponding node id in file naming.  Therefore there  is  a
       possibility  for  file  name collisions in automatically chosen trace file names. For this
       reason, the file name convention is changed for protocol traces.

       As previously mentioned, every node in the system will have  a  system-assigned  node  id.
       Since  there  is a one-to-one correspondence between protocol instances and node instances
       we use the node id. Each interface has an interface id relative to its  protocol.  We  use
       the  convention  “<prefix>-n<node  id>-i<interface  id>.pcap”  for  trace  file  naming in
       protocol helpers.

       Therefore, by default, a pcap trace file created  as  a  result  of  enabling  tracing  on
       interface  1  of  the  Ipv4  protocol  of  node  21  using  the  prefix  “prefix” would be
       “prefix-n21-i1.pcap”.

       You can always use the ns-3 object name service to make this more clear.  For example,  if
       you  use  the object name service to assign the name “serverIpv4” to the Ptr<Ipv4> on node
       21,   the   resulting    pcap    trace    file    name    will    automatically    become,
       “prefix-nserverIpv4-i1.pcap”.

   Ascii Tracing Protocol Helpers
       The behavior of the ASCII trace helpers is substantially similar to the pcap case.  Take a
       look at src/network/helper/trace-helper.h if you  want  to  follow  the  discussion  while
       looking at real code.

       In  this  section  we will be illustrating the methods as applied to the protocol Ipv4. To
       specify traces in similar protocols, just substitute the appropriate  type.  For  example,
       use   a   Ptr<Ipv6>   instead   of   a  Ptr<Ipv4>  and  call  EnableAsciiIpv6  instead  of
       EnableAsciiIpv4.

       The class AsciiTraceHelperForIpv4 adds  the  high  level  functionality  for  using  ASCII
       tracing  to  a  protocol helper. Each protocol that enables these methods must implement a
       single virtual method inherited from this class.:

          virtual void EnableAsciiIpv4Internal (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, std::string prefix,
                                                Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4, uint32_t interface) = 0;

       The signature of this method reflects the protocol-  and  interface-centric  view  of  the
       situation  at  this  level;  and  also the fact that the helper may be writing to a shared
       output    stream.     All    of    the    public    methods    inherited    from     class
       PcapAndAsciiTraceHelperForIpv4   reduce   to   calling   this   single  device-  dependent
       implementation method. For example, the lowest level ascii trace methods,:

          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (std::string prefix, Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4, uint32_t interface);
          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4, uint32_t interface);

       will call the device implementation of EnableAsciiIpv4Internal directly, providing  either
       the  prefix  or  the  stream.  All  other public ascii tracing methods will build on these
       low-level functions to provide additional user-level functionality. What this means to the
       user  is  that  all  device helpers in the system will have all of the ascii trace methods
       available; and these methods will all work  in  the  same  way  across  protocols  if  the
       protocols implement EnablAsciiIpv4Internal correctly.

   Ascii Tracing Device Helper Methods
          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (std::string prefix, Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4, uint32_t interface);
          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4, uint32_t interface);

          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (std::string prefix, std::string ipv4Name, uint32_t interface);
          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, std::string ipv4Name, uint32_t interface);

          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (std::string prefix, Ipv4InterfaceContainer c);
          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, Ipv4InterfaceContainer c);

          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (std::string prefix, NodeContainer n);
          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, NodeContainer n);

          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (std::string prefix, uint32_t nodeid, uint32_t deviceid);
          void EnableAsciiIpv4 (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream, uint32_t nodeid, uint32_t interface);

          void EnableAsciiIpv4All (std::string prefix);
          void EnableAsciiIpv4All (Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream);

       You  are  encouraged to peruse the Doxygen for class PcapAndAsciiHelperForIpv4 to find the
       details of these methods; but to summarize …

       There are twice as many methods available  for  ASCII  tracing  as  there  were  for  pcap
       tracing.  This  is  because,  in  addition  to the pcap-style model where traces from each
       unique protocol/interface pair are written to a unique file, we support a model  in  which
       trace  information  for  many  protocol/interface  pairs is written to a common file. This
       means that the <prefix>-n<node id>-<interface> file name generation mechanism is  replaced
       by  a  mechanism  to  refer  to a common file; and the number of API methods is doubled to
       allow all combinations.

       Just as in pcap tracing, you can enable ASCII tracing on a  particular  protocol/interface
       pair by providing a Ptr<Ipv4> and an interface to an EnableAscii method.  For example,:

          Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4;
          ...
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 ("prefix", ipv4, 1);

       In  this  case,  no trace contexts are written to the ASCII trace file since they would be
       redundant. The system will pick the file name to  be  created  using  the  same  rules  as
       described  in the pcap section, except that the file will have the suffix “.tr” instead of
       “.pcap”.

       If you want to enable ASCII tracing on more than one interface and have all traces sent to
       a  single  file,  you can do that as well by using an object to refer to a single file. We
       have already something similar to this in the “cwnd” example above:

          Ptr<Ipv4> protocol1 = node1->GetObject<Ipv4> ();
          Ptr<Ipv4> protocol2 = node2->GetObject<Ipv4> ();
          ...
          Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream = asciiTraceHelper.CreateFileStream ("trace-file-name.tr");
          ...
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 (stream, protocol1, 1);
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 (stream, protocol2, 1);

       In this case, trace contexts are written to the ASCII trace file since they  are  required
       to  disambiguate  traces  from  the two interfaces. Note that since the user is completely
       specifying the file name, the string should include the “.tr” for consistency.

       You can enable  ASCII  tracing  on  a  particular  protocol  by  providing  a  std::string
       representing  an  object  name  service  string to an EnablePcap method.  The Ptr<Ipv4> is
       looked up from the name string.  The <Node> in the resulting filenames is  implicit  since
       there is a one-to-one correspondence between protocol instances and nodes, For example,:

          Names::Add ("node1Ipv4" ...);
          Names::Add ("node2Ipv4" ...);
          ...
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 ("prefix", "node1Ipv4", 1);
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 ("prefix", "node2Ipv4", 1);

       This    would    result    in    two    files    named    “prefix-nnode1Ipv4-i1.tr”    and
       “prefix-nnode2Ipv4-i1.tr” with traces for each interface in  the  respective  trace  file.
       Since  all  of  the EnableAscii functions are overloaded to take a stream wrapper, you can
       use that form as well:

          Names::Add ("node1Ipv4" ...);
          Names::Add ("node2Ipv4" ...);
          ...
          Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream = asciiTraceHelper.CreateFileStream ("trace-file-name.tr");
          ...
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 (stream, "node1Ipv4", 1);
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 (stream, "node2Ipv4", 1);

       This would result in a single trace file called “trace-file-name.tr” that contains all  of
       the  trace  events for both interfaces. The events would be disambiguated by trace context
       strings.

       You can enable ASCII tracing on a collection of protocol/interface pairs by  providing  an
       Ipv4InterfaceContainer.  For each protocol of the proper type (the same type as is managed
       by the device helper), tracing is enabled for the  corresponding  interface.   Again,  the
       <Node>  is  implicit  since there is a one-to-one correspondence between each protocol and
       its node. For example,:

          NodeContainer nodes;
          ...
          NetDeviceContainer devices = deviceHelper.Install (nodes);
          ...
          Ipv4AddressHelper ipv4;
          ipv4.SetBase ("10.1.1.0", "255.255.255.0");
          Ipv4InterfaceContainer interfaces = ipv4.Assign (devices);
          ...
          ...
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 ("prefix", interfaces);

       This would result in a number of ASCII trace files being created, each  of  which  follows
       the  <prefix>-n<node  id>-i<interface>.tr  convention.  Combining all of the traces into a
       single file is accomplished similarly to the examples above:

          NodeContainer nodes;
          ...
          NetDeviceContainer devices = deviceHelper.Install (nodes);
          ...
          Ipv4AddressHelper ipv4;
          ipv4.SetBase ("10.1.1.0", "255.255.255.0");
          Ipv4InterfaceContainer interfaces = ipv4.Assign (devices);
          ...
          Ptr<OutputStreamWrapper> stream = asciiTraceHelper.CreateFileStream ("trace-file-name.tr");
          ...
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 (stream, interfaces);

       You can enable ASCII tracing on a collection of protocol/interface pairs  by  providing  a
       NodeContainer.  For each Node in the NodeContainer the appropriate protocol is found.  For
       each protocol, its interfaces are enumerated and  tracing  is  enabled  on  the  resulting
       pairs. For example,:

          NodeContainer n;
          ...
          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 ("prefix", n);

       This  would  result  in a number of ASCII trace files being created, each of which follows
       the <prefix>-<node id>-<device id>.tr convention. Combining  all  of  the  traces  into  a
       single file is accomplished similarly to the examples above:

       You  can  enable pcap tracing on the basis of node ID and device ID as well. In this case,
       the node-id is translated to a Ptr<Node> and the appropriate protocol is looked up in  the
       node.   The  resulting  protocol  and  interface  are  used to specify the resulting trace
       source.:

          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4 ("prefix", 21, 1);

       Of course, the traces can be combined into a single file as shown above.

       Finally, you can enable ASCII tracing for all interfaces in the  system,  with  associated
       protocol being the same type as that managed by the device helper.:

          helper.EnableAsciiIpv4All ("prefix");

       This  would result in a number of ASCII trace files being created, one for every interface
       in the system related to a protocol of the type managed by the helper. All of these  files
       will follow the <prefix>-n<node id>-i<interface.tr convention. Combining all of the traces
       into a single file is accomplished similarly to the examples above.

   Ascii Tracing Device Helper Filename Selection
       Implicit in the prefix-style method descriptions above is the construction of the complete
       filenames by the implementation method. By convention, ASCII traces in the ns-3 system are
       of the form “<prefix>-<node id>-<device id>.tr.”

       As previously mentioned, every node in the system will have  a  system-assigned  node  id.
       Since  there  is a one-to-one correspondence between protocols and nodes we use to node-id
       to identify the protocol identity. Every interface  on  a  given  protocol  will  have  an
       interface  index  (also  called simply an interface) relative to its protocol. By default,
       then, an ASCII trace file created as a result of enabling tracing on the first  device  of
       node  21,  using  the  prefix  “prefix”,  would  be  “prefix-n21-i1.tr”. Use the prefix to
       disambiguate multiple protocols per node.

       You can always use the ns-3 object name service to make this more clear.  For example,  if
       you  use  the  object name service to assign the name “serverIpv4” to the protocol on node
       21, and also specify interface one, the resulting ASCII trace file name will automatically
       become, “prefix-nserverIpv4-1.tr”.

   Tracing implementation details

DATA COLLECTION

       This   chapter  describes  the  ns-3  Data  Collection  Framework  (DCF),  which  provides
       capabilities to obtain data generated by models  in  the  simulator,  to  perform  on-line
       reduction  and data processing, and to marshal raw or transformed data into various output
       formats.

       The framework presently supports standalone ns-3 runs that  don’t  rely  on  any  external
       program  execution  control.   The objects provided by the DCF may be hooked to ns-3 trace
       sources to enable data processing.

       The source code for the classes lives in the directory src/stats.

       This chapter is  organized  as  follows.   First,  an  overview  of  the  architecture  is
       presented.   Next,  the  helpers  for  these classes are presented; this initial treatment
       should allow basic use of the data collection framework for many  use  cases.   Users  who
       wish  to produce output outside of the scope of the current helpers, or who wish to create
       their own data collection objects, should read the remainder of the  chapter,  which  goes
       into  detail  about  all  of  the  basic  DCF  object  types and provides low-level coding
       examples.

   Design
       The DCF consists of three basic classes:

       · Probe is a mechanism to instrument and control the output of  simulation  data  that  is
         used  to  monitor interesting events. It produces output in the form of one or more ns-3
         trace sources.  Probe objects  are  hooked  up  to  one  or  more  trace  sinks  (called
         Collectors), which process samples on-line and prepare them for output.

       · Collector  consumes  the  data  generated  by  one  or  more Probe objects.  It performs
         transformations on the data, such as normalization, reduction, and  the  computation  of
         basic  statistics.  Collector objects do not produce data that is directly output by the
         ns-3 run; instead, they output  data  downstream  to  another  type  of  object,  called
         Aggregator,  which  performs  that function.  Typically, Collectors output their data in
         the form of trace sources as well, allowing collectors to be chained in series.

       · Aggregator is the end point of the data collected by a network of Probes and Collectors.
         The  main  responsibility  of  the Aggregator is to marshal data and their corresponding
         metadata, into different output formats such as plain text files, spreadsheet files,  or
         databases.

       All three of these classes provide the capability to dynamically turn themselves on or off
       throughout a simulation.

       Any standalone ns-3 simulation run that uses the DCF will typically create  at  least  one
       instance of each of the three classes above.
         [image] Data Collection Framework overview.UNINDENT

         The  overall  flow of data processing is depicted in Data Collection Framework overview.
         On the left side, a running ns-3 simulation is depicted.  In the course of  running  the
         simulation,  data is made available by models through trace sources, or via other means.
         The diagram depicts that probes can be connected to these trace sources to receive  data
         asynchronously,  or probes can poll for data.  Data is then passed to a collector object
         that transforms the data.  Finally, an aggregator can be connected to the outputs of the
         collector, to generate plots, files, or databases.
         [image] Data Collection Framework aggregation.UNINDENT

         A  variation  on  the above figure is provided in Data Collection Framework aggregation.
         This second figure illustrates that the DCF objects may be chained together in a  manner
         that  downstream  objects  take  inputs  from  multiple  upstream  objects.   The figure
         conceptually shows that multiple probes may generate output that is fed  into  a  single
         collector;  as  an  example,  a  collector  that  outputs  a ratio of two counters would
         typically acquire each counter data from separate probes.  Multiple collectors can  also
         feed  into a single aggregator, which (as its name implies) may collect a number of data
         streams for inclusion into a single plot, file, or database.

   Data Collection Helpers
       The full flexibility of the data collection framework is provided by  the  interconnection
       of probes, collectors, and aggregators.  Performing all of these interconnections leads to
       many configuration statements in user programs.  For ease of use, some of the most  common
       operations  can  be  combined  and  encapsulated  in  helper functions.  In addition, some
       statements involving ns-3 trace sources do not have Python bindings, due to limitations in
       the bindings.

   Data Collection Helpers Overview
       In  this  section, we provide an overview of some helper classes that have been created to
       ease the configuration of the data collection framework for some common  use  cases.   The
       helpers  allow  users to form common operations with only a few statements in their C++ or
       Python programs.  But,  this  ease  of  use  comes  at  the  cost  of  significantly  less
       flexibility  than  low-level  configuration  can  provide, and the need to explicitly code
       support for new Probe types into the helpers (to work around an issue described below).

       The emphasis on the current helpers is to marshal data out  of  ns-3  trace  sources  into
       gnuplot  plots or text files, without a high degree of output customization or statistical
       processing (initially).  Also, the use is constrained to  the  available  probe  types  in
       ns-3.   Later  sections  of this documentation will go into more detail about creating new
       Probe types, as well as details about hooking together Probes, Collectors, and Aggregators
       in custom arrangements.

       To date, two Data Collection helpers have been implemented:

       · GnuplotHelper

       · FileHelper

   GnuplotHelper
       The GnuplotHelper is a helper class for producing output files used to make gnuplots.  The
       overall goal is to provide the ability for users to quickly make plots from data  exported
       in  ns-3 trace sources.  By default, a minimal amount of data transformation is performed;
       the objective is to generate plots with  as  few  (default)  configuration  statements  as
       possible.

   GnuplotHelper Overview
       The GnuplotHelper will create 3 different files at the end of the simulation:

       · A space separated gnuplot data file

       · A gnuplot control file

       · A shell script to generate the gnuplot

       There  are  two  configuration  statements  that  are  needed to produce plots.  The first
       statement configures the plot (filename, title, legends, and output type, where the output
       type defaults to PNG if unspecified):

          void ConfigurePlot (const std::string &outputFileNameWithoutExtension,
                              const std::string &title,
                              const std::string &xLegend,
                              const std::string &yLegend,
                              const std::string &terminalType = ".png");

       The second statement hooks the trace source of interest:

          void PlotProbe (const std::string &typeId,
                          const std::string &path,
                          const std::string &probeTraceSource,
                          const std::string &title);

       The arguments are as follows:

       · typeId:  The ns-3 TypeId of the Probe

       · path:  The path in the ns-3 configuration namespace to one or more trace sources

       · probeTraceSource:  Which output of the probe (itself a trace source) should be plotted

       · title:  The title to associate with the dataset(s) (in the gnuplot legend)

       A  variant  on  the  PlotProbe above is to specify a fifth optional argument that controls
       where in the plot the key (legend) is placed.

       A fully worked example (from seventh.cc) is shown below:

          // Create the gnuplot helper.
          GnuplotHelper plotHelper;

          // Configure the plot.
          // Configure the plot.  The first argument is the file name prefix
          // for the output files generated.  The second, third, and fourth
          // arguments are, respectively, the plot title, x-axis, and y-axis labels
          plotHelper.ConfigurePlot ("seventh-packet-byte-count",
                                    "Packet Byte Count vs. Time",
                                    "Time (Seconds)",
                                    "Packet Byte Count",
                                    "png");

          // Specify the probe type, trace source path (in configuration namespace), and
          // probe output trace source ("OutputBytes") to plot.  The fourth argument
          // specifies the name of the data series label on the plot.  The last
          // argument formats the plot by specifying where the key should be placed.
          plotHelper.PlotProbe (probeType,
                                tracePath,
                                "OutputBytes",
                                "Packet Byte Count",
                                GnuplotAggregator::KEY_BELOW);

       In this example, the probeType and tracePath are as follows (for IPv4):

          probeType = "ns3::Ipv4PacketProbe";
          tracePath = "/NodeList/*/$ns3::Ipv4L3Protocol/Tx";

       The probeType is a key parameter for this helper to work.  This TypeId must be  registered
       in  the  system,  and the signature on the Probe’s trace sink must match that of the trace
       source it is being hooked to.  Probe types are pre-defined for  a  number  of  data  types
       corresponding  to  ns-3 traced values, and for a few other trace source signatures such as
       the ‘Tx’ trace source of ns3::Ipv4L3Protocol class.

       Note that the trace source path specified may contain wildcards.  In this  case,  multiple
       datasets are plotted on one plot; one for each matched path.

       The main output produced will be three files:

          seventh-packet-byte-count.dat
          seventh-packet-byte-count.plt
          seventh-packet-byte-count.sh

       At  this  point,  users  can either hand edit the .plt file for further customizations, or
       just run it through gnuplot.  Running sh seventh-packet-byte-count.sh simply runs the plot
       through gnuplot, as shown below.
         [image] 2-D Gnuplot Created by seventh.cc Example..UNINDENT

         It  can  be seen that the key elements (legend, title, legend placement, xlabel, ylabel,
         and path for the data) are all placed on the plot.  Since there were two matches to  the
         configuration path provided, the two data series are shown:

       · Packet Byte Count-0 corresponds to /NodeList/0/$ns3::Ipv4L3Protocol/Tx

       · Packet Byte Count-1 corresponds to /NodeList/1/$ns3::Ipv4L3Protocol/Tx

   GnuplotHelper ConfigurePlot
       The GnuplotHelper’s ConfigurePlot() function can be used to configure plots.

       It has the following prototype:

          void ConfigurePlot (const std::string &outputFileNameWithoutExtension,
                              const std::string &title,
                              const std::string &xLegend,
                              const std::string &yLegend,
                              const std::string &terminalType = ".png");

       It has the following arguments:

                    ┌───────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                    │Argument                       │ Description                      │
                    ├───────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                    │outputFileNameWithoutExtension │ Name of gnuplot related files to │
                    │                               │ write with no extension.         │
                    ├───────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                    │title                          │ Plot title  string  to  use  for │
                    │                               │ this plot.                       │
                    ├───────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                    │xLegend                        │ The  legend for the x horizontal │
                    │                               │ axis.                            │
                    ├───────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                    │yLegend                        │ The legend for  the  y  vertical │
                    │                               │ axis.                            │
                    └───────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

                    │terminalType                   │ Terminal type setting string for │
                    │                               │ output.   The  default  terminal │
                    │                               │ type is “png”.                   │
                    └───────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       The  GnuplotHelper’s  ConfigurePlot() function configures plot related parameters for this
       gnuplot helper so  that  it  will  create  a  space  separated  gnuplot  data  file  named
       outputFileNameWithoutExtension    +    “.dat”,    a    gnuplot    control    file    named
       outputFileNameWithoutExtension + “.plt”, and a shell script to generate the gnuplot  named
       outputFileNameWithoutExtension + “.sh”.

       An  example of how to use this function can be seen in the seventh.cc code described above
       where it was used as follows:

          plotHelper.ConfigurePlot ("seventh-packet-byte-count",
                                    "Packet Byte Count vs. Time",
                                    "Time (Seconds)",
                                    "Packet Byte Count",
                                    "png");

   GnuplotHelper PlotProbe
       The GnuplotHelper’s PlotProbe() function can be used to plot values generated by probes.

       It has the following prototype:

          void PlotProbe (const std::string &typeId,
                          const std::string &path,
                          const std::string &probeTraceSource,
                          const std::string &title,
                          enum GnuplotAggregator::KeyLocation keyLocation = GnuplotAggregator::KEY_INSIDE);

       It has the following arguments:

                           ┌─────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                           │Argument         │ Description                      │
                           ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                           │typeId           │ The  type  ID  for   the   probe │
                           │                 │ created by this helper.          │
                           ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                           │path             │ Config  path to access the trace │
                           │                 │ source.                          │
                           ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                           │probeTraceSource │ The  probe   trace   source   to │
                           │                 │ access.                          │
                           ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                           │title            │ The  title  to  be associated to │
                           │                 │ this dataset                     │
                           ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                           │keyLocation      │ The location of the key  in  the │
                           │                 │ plot.   The  default location is │
                           │                 │ inside.                          │
                           └─────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       The GnuplotHelper’s PlotProbe() function plots a dataset generated  by  hooking  the  ns-3
       trace  source  with  a  probe created by the helper, and then plotting the values from the
       probeTraceSource.  The dataset will have the provided  title,  and  will  consist  of  the
       ‘newValue’ at each timestamp.

       If the config path has more than one match in the system because there is a wildcard, then
       one dataset for each match will be plotted.  The dataset titles will be suffixed with  the
       matched characters for each of the wildcards in the config path, separated by spaces.  For
       example, if the proposed dataset title is the string “bytes”, and there are two  wildcards
       in  the  path,  then  dataset  titles like “bytes-0 0” or “bytes-12 9” will be possible as
       labels for the datasets that are plotted.

       An example of how to use this function can be seen in the seventh.cc code described  above
       where it was used (with variable substitution) as follows:

          plotHelper.PlotProbe ("ns3::Ipv4PacketProbe",
                                "/NodeList/*/$ns3::Ipv4L3Protocol/Tx",
                                "OutputBytes",
                                "Packet Byte Count",
                                GnuplotAggregator::KEY_BELOW);

   Other Examples
   Gnuplot Helper Example
       A   slightly   simpler   example   than   the   seventh.cc   example   can   be  found  in
       src/stats/examples/gnuplot-helper-example.cc.  The following 2-D gnuplot was created using
       the example.
         [image] 2-D Gnuplot Created by gnuplot-helper-example.cc Example..UNINDENT

         In  this  example, there is an Emitter object that increments its counter according to a
         Poisson process and then emits the counter’s value as a trace source.

          Ptr<Emitter> emitter = CreateObject<Emitter> ();
          Names::Add ("/Names/Emitter", emitter);

       Note that because there are no wildcards in the path used below,  only  1  datastream  was
       drawn  in the plot.  This single datastream in the plot is simply labeled “Emitter Count”,
       with no extra suffixes like one would see if there were wildcards in the path.

          // Create the gnuplot helper.
          GnuplotHelper plotHelper;

          // Configure the plot.
          plotHelper.ConfigurePlot ("gnuplot-helper-example",
                                    "Emitter Counts vs. Time",
                                    "Time (Seconds)",
                                    "Emitter Count",
                                    "png");

          // Plot the values generated by the probe.  The path that we provide
          // helps to disambiguate the source of the trace.
          plotHelper.PlotProbe ("ns3::Uinteger32Probe",
                                "/Names/Emitter/Counter",
                                "Output",
                                "Emitter Count",
                                GnuplotAggregator::KEY_INSIDE);

   FileHelper
       The FileHelper is a helper class used to put data values into a file.  The overall goal is
       to  provide  the ability for users to quickly make formatted text files from data exported
       in ns-3 trace sources.  By default, a minimal amount of data transformation is  performed;
       the  objective  is  to  generate  files  with as few (default) configuration statements as
       possible.

   FileHelper Overview
       The FileHelper will create 1 or more text files at the end of the simulation.

       The FileHelper can create 4 different types of text files:

       · Formatted

       · Space separated (the default)

       · Comma separated

       · Tab separated

       Formatted files use C-style format strings and  the  sprintf()  function  to  print  their
       values in the file being written.

       The    following    text    file    with    2    columns   of   formatted   values   named
       seventh-packet-byte-count-0.txt was created using more new code  that  was  added  to  the
       original  ns-3  Tutorial  example’s  code.  Only the first 10 lines of this file are shown
       here for brevity.

          Time (Seconds) = 1.000e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.004e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.004e+00    Packet Byte Count = 576
          Time (Seconds) = 1.009e+00    Packet Byte Count = 576
          Time (Seconds) = 1.009e+00    Packet Byte Count = 576
          Time (Seconds) = 1.015e+00    Packet Byte Count = 512
          Time (Seconds) = 1.017e+00    Packet Byte Count = 576
          Time (Seconds) = 1.017e+00    Packet Byte Count = 544
          Time (Seconds) = 1.025e+00    Packet Byte Count = 576
          Time (Seconds) = 1.025e+00    Packet Byte Count = 544

          ...

       The  following  different  text  file  with  2   columns   of   formatted   values   named
       seventh-packet-byte-count-1.txt was also created using the same new code that was added to
       the original ns-3 Tutorial example’s code.  Only the first 10 lines of this file are shown
       here for brevity.

          Time (Seconds) = 1.002e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.007e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.013e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.020e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.028e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.036e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.045e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.053e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.061e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40
          Time (Seconds) = 1.069e+00    Packet Byte Count = 40

          ...

       The  new  code  that was added to produce the two text files is below.  More details about
       this API will be covered in a later section.

       Note that because there were 2 matches for the wildcard in the path, 2 separate text files
       were  created.   The  first  text  file, which is named “seventh-packet-byte-count-0.txt”,
       corresponds to the wildcard match with the “*” replaced with “0”.  The second  text  file,
       which  is  named “seventh-packet-byte-count-1.txt”, corresponds to the wildcard match with
       the “*” replaced with “1”.  Also, note that the function call to WriteProbe() will give an
       error message if there are no matches for a path that contains wildcards.

          // Create the file helper.
          FileHelper fileHelper;

          // Configure the file to be written.
          fileHelper.ConfigureFile ("seventh-packet-byte-count",
                                    FileAggregator::FORMATTED);

          // Set the labels for this formatted output file.
          fileHelper.Set2dFormat ("Time (Seconds) = %.3e\tPacket Byte Count = %.0f");

          // Write the values generated by the probe.
          fileHelper.WriteProbe ("ns3::Ipv4PacketProbe",
                                 "/NodeList/*/$ns3::Ipv4L3Protocol/Tx",
                                 "OutputBytes");

   FileHelper ConfigureFile
       The FileHelper’s ConfigureFile() function can be used to configure text files.

       It has the following prototype:

          void ConfigureFile (const std::string &outputFileNameWithoutExtension,
                              enum FileAggregator::FileType fileType = FileAggregator::SPACE_SEPARATED);

       It has the following arguments:

                    ┌───────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                    │Argument                       │ Description                      │
                    └───────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

                    │outputFileNameWithoutExtension │ Name  of  output  file  to write │
                    │                               │ with no extension.               │
                    ├───────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                    │fileType                       │ Type  of  file  to  write.   The │
                    │                               │ default  type  of  file is space │
                    │                               │ separated.                       │
                    └───────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       The FileHelper’s ConfigureFile() function configures text file related parameters for  the
       file  helper  so  that  it  will  create  a file named outputFileNameWithoutExtension plus
       possible extra information from wildcard  matches  plus  “.txt”  with  values  printed  as
       specified by fileType.  The default file type is space-separated.

       An  example of how to use this function can be seen in the seventh.cc code described above
       where it was used as follows:

          fileHelper.ConfigureFile ("seventh-packet-byte-count",
                                    FileAggregator::FORMATTED);

   FileHelper WriteProbe
       The FileHelper’s WriteProbe() function can be used to write values generated by probes  to
       text files.

       It has the following prototype:

          void WriteProbe (const std::string &typeId,
                           const std::string &path,
                           const std::string &probeTraceSource);

       It has the following arguments:

                           ┌─────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                           │Argument         │ Description                      │
                           ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                           │typeId           │ The  type ID for the probe to be │
                           │                 │ created.                         │
                           ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                           │path             │ Config path to access the  trace │
                           │                 │ source.                          │
                           ├─────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                           │probeTraceSource │ The   probe   trace   source  to │
                           │                 │ access.                          │
                           └─────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       The FileHelper’s WriteProbe() function creates output text files generated by hooking  the
       ns-3 trace source with a probe created by the helper, and then writing the values from the
       probeTraceSource. The output file names will have the text stored in the  member  variable
       m_outputFileNameWithoutExtension  plus  “.txt”, and will consist of the ‘newValue’ at each
       timestamp.

       If the config path has more than one match in the system because there is a wildcard, then
       one  output  file  for each match will be created.  The output file names will contain the
       text in m_outputFileNameWithoutExtension plus the  matched  characters  for  each  of  the
       wildcards in the config path, separated by dashes, plus “.txt”.  For example, if the value
       in m_outputFileNameWithoutExtension is the string “packet-byte-count”, and there  are  two
       wildcards  in  the  path,  then  output  file  names  like  “packet-byte-count-0-0.txt” or
       “packet-byte-count-12-9.txt” will be possible as names for the files that will be created.

       An example of how to use this function can be seen in the seventh.cc code described  above
       where it was used as follows:

          fileHelper.WriteProbe ("ns3::Ipv4PacketProbe",
                                 "/NodeList/*/$ns3::Ipv4L3Protocol/Tx",
                                 "OutputBytes");

   Other Examples
   File Helper Example
       A   slightly   simpler   example   than   the   seventh.cc   example   can   be  found  in
       src/stats/examples/file-helper-example.cc.  This example only uses the FileHelper.

       The following text file with 2 columns of formatted values  named  file-helper-example.txt
       was  created  using  the example.  Only the first 10 lines of this file are shown here for
       brevity.

          Time (Seconds) = 0.203  Count = 1
          Time (Seconds) = 0.702  Count = 2
          Time (Seconds) = 1.404  Count = 3
          Time (Seconds) = 2.368  Count = 4
          Time (Seconds) = 3.364  Count = 5
          Time (Seconds) = 3.579  Count = 6
          Time (Seconds) = 5.873  Count = 7
          Time (Seconds) = 6.410  Count = 8
          Time (Seconds) = 6.472  Count = 9
          ...

       In this example, there is an Emitter object that increments its  counter  according  to  a
       Poisson process and then emits the counter’s value as a trace source.

          Ptr<Emitter> emitter = CreateObject<Emitter> ();
          Names::Add ("/Names/Emitter", emitter);

       Note  that  because  there  are  no wildcards in the path used below, only 1 text file was
       created.  This single text file is simply named “file-helper-example.txt”, with  no  extra
       suffixes like you would see if there were wildcards in the path.

          // Create the file helper.
          FileHelper fileHelper;

          // Configure the file to be written.
          fileHelper.ConfigureFile ("file-helper-example",
                                    FileAggregator::FORMATTED);

          // Set the labels for this formatted output file.
          fileHelper.Set2dFormat ("Time (Seconds) = %.3e\tCount = %.0f");

          // Write the values generated by the probe.  The path that we
          // provide helps to disambiguate the source of the trace.
          fileHelper.WriteProbe ("ns3::Uinteger32Probe",
                                 "/Names/Emitter/Counter",
                                 "Output");

   Scope and Limitations
       Currently,  only these Probes have been implemented and connected to the GnuplotHelper and
       to the FileHelper:

       · BooleanProbe

       · DoubleProbe

       · Uinteger8Probe

       · Uinteger16Probe

       · Uinteger32Probe

       · TimeProbe

       · PacketProbe

       · ApplicationPacketProbe

       · Ipv4PacketProbe

       These Probes, therefore, are the only TypeIds available to  be  used  in  PlotProbe()  and
       WriteProbe().

       In the next few sections, we cover each of the fundamental object types (Probe, Collector,
       and Aggregator) in more detail,  and  show  how  they  can  be  connected  together  using
       lower-level API.

   Probes
       This  section  details  the  functionalities  provided  by  the  Probe  class  to  an ns-3
       simulation, and gives examples on how to code them in a program. This section is meant for
       users  interested  in  developing  simulations  with  the  ns-3  tools  and using the Data
       Collection Framework, of which the Probe class is a part, to  generate  data  output  with
       their simulation’s results.

   Probe Overview
       A  Probe object is supposed to be connected to a variable from the simulation whose values
       throughout the experiment are relevant to the user.   The  Probe  will  record  what  were
       values  assumed  by  the  variable throughout the simulation and pass such data to another
       member of the Data Collection Framework.  While it is  out  of  this  section’s  scope  to
       discuss what happens after the Probe produces its output, it is sufficient to say that, by
       the end of the simulation, the user will have detailed information about what values  were
       stored inside the variable being probed during the simulation.

       Typically,  a  Probe  is  connected to an ns-3 trace source.  In this manner, whenever the
       trace source exports a new value, the Probe consumes the value (and exports it  downstream
       to another object via its own trace source).

       The  Probe  can  be thought of as kind of a filter on trace sources.  The main reasons for
       possibly hooking to a Probe rather than directly to a trace source are as follows:

       · Probes may be dynamically turned on and off during the simulation with calls to Enable()
         and  Disable().   For  example,  the  outputting  of  data  may be turned off during the
         simulation warmup phase.

       · Probes may perform operations on the  data  to  extract  values  from  more  complicated
         structures; for instance, outputting the packet size value from a received ns3::Packet.

       · Probes  register a name in the ns3::Config namespace (using Names::Add ()) so that other
         objects may refer to them.

       · Probes provide a static method that allows one to manipulate a Probe by  name,  such  as
         what is done in ns2measure [Cic06]

            Stat::put ("my_metric", ID, sample);

         The ns-3 equivalent of the above ns2measure code is, e.g.

            DoubleProbe::SetValueByPath ("/path/to/probe", sample);

   Creation
       Note  that  a  Probe  base  class object can not be created because it is an abstract base
       class, i.e. it has pure virtual functions that have not been implemented.   An  object  of
       type  DoubleProbe,  which  is  a subclass of the Probe class, will be created here to show
       what needs to be done.

       One declares a DoubleProbe in dynamic memory by using the smart pointer class (Ptr<T>). To
       create  a  DoubleProbe  in  dynamic memory with smart pointers, one just needs to call the
       ns-3 method CreateObject():

          Ptr<DoubleProbe> myprobe = CreateObject<DoubleProbe> ();

       The declaration above creates DoubleProbes using the default values  for  its  attributes.
       There  are  four  attributes  in  the  DoubleProbe  class;  two  in  the base class object
       DataCollectionObject, and two in the Probe base class:

       · “Name” (DataCollectionObject), a StringValue

       · “Enabled” (DataCollectionObject), a BooleanValue

       · “Start” (Probe), a TimeValue

       · “Stop” (Probe), a TimeValue

       One can set such attributes at object creation by using the following method:

          Ptr<DoubleProbe> myprobe = CreateObjectWithAttributes<DoubleProbe> (
              "Name", StringValue ("myprobe"),
              "Enabled", BooleanValue (false),
              "Start", TimeValue (Seconds (100.0)),
              "Stop", TimeValue (Seconds (1000.0)));

       Start and Stop are Time variables which determine the interval of action of the Probe. The
       Probe  will  only  output  data  if  the  current time of the Simulation is inside of that
       interval.  The special time value of 0 seconds for Stop will disable this attribute  (i.e.
       keep the Probe on for the whole simulation).  Enabled is a flag that turns the Probe on or
       off, and must be set to true for the Probe to export data.  The Name is the object’s  name
       in the DCF framework.

   Importing and exporting data
       ns-3  trace  sources  are  strongly typed, so the mechanisms for hooking Probes to a trace
       source and for exporting data  belong  to  its  subclasses.   For  instance,  the  default
       distribution  of  ns-3  provides  a  class DoubleProbe that is designed to hook to a trace
       source exporting a double value.  We’ll next detail the operation of the DoubleProbe,  and
       then discuss how other Probe classes may be defined by the user.

   DoubleProbe Overview
       The  DoubleProbe  connects  to  a  double-valued  ns-3  trace source, and itself exports a
       different double-valued ns-3 trace source.

       The following code, drawn from src/stats/examples/double-probe-example.cc, shows the basic
       operations  of  plumbing  the DoubleProbe into a simulation, where it is probing a Counter
       exported by an emitter object (class Emitter).

          Ptr<Emitter> emitter = CreateObject<Emitter> ();
          Names::Add ("/Names/Emitter", emitter);
          ...

          Ptr<DoubleProbe> probe1 = CreateObject<DoubleProbe> ();

          // Connect the probe to the emitter's Counter
          bool connected = probe1->ConnectByObject ("Counter", emitter);

       The following code is probing the same Counter exported by the same emitter object.   This
       DoubleProbe,  however,  is  using  a  path  in  the  configuration  namespace  to make the
       connection.  Note that the emitter registered itself in the configuration namespace  after
       it was created; otherwise, the ConnectByPath would not work.

          Ptr<DoubleProbe> probe2 = CreateObject<DoubleProbe> ();

          // Note, no return value is checked here
          probe2->ConnectByPath ("/Names/Emitter/Counter");

       The  next  DoubleProbe shown that is shown below will have its value set using its path in
       the configuration namespace.  Note that this time the DoubleProbe registered itself in the
       configuration namespace after it was created.

          Ptr<DoubleProbe> probe3 = CreateObject<DoubleProbe> ();
          probe3->SetName ("StaticallyAccessedProbe");

          // We must add it to the config database
          Names::Add ("/Names/Probes", probe3->GetName (), probe3);

       The  emitter’s  Count()  function  is  now  able  to set the value for this DoubleProbe as
       follows:

          void
          Emitter::Count (void)
          {
            ...
            m_counter += 1.0;
            DoubleProbe::SetValueByPath ("/Names/StaticallyAccessedProbe", m_counter);
            ...
          }

       The above example shows how the code calling the Probe does not have to have  an  explicit
       reference  to  the  Probe,  but can direct the value setting through the Config namespace.
       This is similar in functionality to the Stat::Put method introduced  by  ns2measure  paper
       [Cic06],  and  allows  users to temporarily insert Probe statements like printf statements
       within existing ns-3 models.  Note that in order to be able to use the DoubleProbe in this
       example like this, 2 things were necessary:

       1. the stats module header file was included in the example .cc file

       2. the example was made dependent on the stats module in its wscript file.

       Analogous  things need to be done in order to add other Probes in other places in the ns-3
       code base.

       The values for the DoubleProbe can also be set using the function DoubleProbe::SetValue(),
       while   the   values   for   the   DoubleProbe   can   be   gotten   using   the  function
       DoubleProbe::GetValue().

       The DoubleProbe exports double values in its “Output” trace source;  a  downstream  object
       can hook a trace sink (NotifyViaProbe) to this as follows:

          connected = probe1->TraceConnect ("Output", probe1->GetName (), MakeCallback (&NotifyViaProbe));

   Other probes
       Besides the DoubleProbe, the following Probes are also available:

       · Uinteger8Probe connects to an ns-3 trace source exporting an uint8_t.

       · Uinteger16Probe connects to an ns-3 trace source exporting an uint16_t.

       · Uinteger32Probe connects to an ns-3 trace source exporting an uint32_t.

       · PacketProbe connects to an ns-3 trace source exporting a packet.

       · ApplicationPacketProbe  connects to an ns-3 trace source exporting a packet and a socket
         address.

       · Ipv4PacketProbe connects to an ns-3 trace source exporting a packet, an IPv4 object, and
         an interface.

   Creating new Probe types
       To create a new Probe type, you need to perform the following steps:

       · Be sure that your new Probe class is derived from the Probe base class.

       · Be  sure  that  the  pure  virtual functions that your new Probe class inherits from the
         Probe base class are implemented.

       · Find an existing Probe class that uses a trace source that is closest  in  type  to  the
         type of trace source your Probe will be using.

       · Copy  that  existing Probe class’s header file (.h) and implementation file (.cc) to two
         new files with names matching your new Probe.

       · Replace the types, arguments, and variables in the copied  files  with  the  appropriate
         type for your Probe.

       · Make necessary modifications to make the code compile and to make it behave as you would
         like.

   Examples
       Two examples will be discussed in detail here:

       · Double Probe Example

       · IPv4 Packet Plot Example

   Double Probe Example
       The double probe example has been discussed previously.  The example program can be  found
       in  src/stats/examples/double-probe-example.cc.  To summarize what occurs in this program,
       there is an emitter that exports a counter that increments according to a Poisson process.
       In particular, two ways of emitting data are shown:

       1. through a traced variable hooked to one Probe:

             TracedValue<double> m_counter;  // normally this would be integer type

       2. through  a  counter  whose value is posted to a second Probe, referenced by its name in
          the Config system:

              void
              Emitter::Count (void)
              {
                NS_LOG_FUNCTION (this);
                NS_LOG_DEBUG ("Counting at " << Simulator::Now ().GetSeconds ());
                m_counter += 1.0;
                DoubleProbe::SetValueByPath ("/Names/StaticallyAccessedProbe", m_counter);
                Simulator::Schedule (Seconds (m_var->GetValue ()), &Emitter::Count, this);
              }

       Let’s look at the Probe more carefully.  Probes can receive their  values  in  a  multiple
       ways:

       1. by the Probe accessing the trace source directly and connecting a trace sink to it

       2. by  the  Probe accessing the trace source through the config namespace and connecting a
          trace sink to it

       3. by the calling code explicitly calling the Probe’s SetValue() method

       4. by      the      calling       code       explicitly       calling       SetValueByPath
          (“/path/through/Config/namespace”, …)

       The  first  two  techniques  are expected to be the most common.  Also in the example, the
       hooking of a normal callback function is shown,  as  is  typically  done  in  ns-3.   This
       callback function is not associated with a Probe object.  We’ll call this case 0) below.

          // This is a function to test hooking a raw function to the trace source
          void
          NotifyViaTraceSource (std::string context, double oldVal, double newVal)
          {
            NS_LOG_DEBUG ("context: " << context << " old " << oldVal << " new " << newVal);
          }

       First, the emitter needs to be setup:

          Ptr<Emitter> emitter = CreateObject<Emitter> ();
          Names::Add ("/Names/Emitter", emitter);

          // The Emitter object is not associated with an ns-3 node, so
          // it won't get started automatically, so we need to do this ourselves
          Simulator::Schedule (Seconds (0.0), &Emitter::Start, emitter);

       The various DoubleProbes interact with the emitter in the example as shown below.

       Case 0):

              // The below shows typical functionality without a probe
              // (connect a sink function to a trace source)
              //
              connected = emitter->TraceConnect ("Counter", "sample context", MakeCallback (&NotifyViaTraceSource));
              NS_ASSERT_MSG (connected, "Trace source not connected");

       case 1):

              //
              // Probe1 will be hooked directly to the Emitter trace source object
              //

              // probe1 will be hooked to the Emitter trace source
              Ptr<DoubleProbe> probe1 = CreateObject<DoubleProbe> ();
              // the probe's name can serve as its context in the tracing
              probe1->SetName ("ObjectProbe");

              // Connect the probe to the emitter's Counter
              connected = probe1->ConnectByObject ("Counter", emitter);
              NS_ASSERT_MSG (connected, "Trace source not connected to probe1");

       case 2):

              //
              // Probe2 will be hooked to the Emitter trace source object by
              // accessing it by path name in the Config database
              //

              // Create another similar probe; this will hook up via a Config path
              Ptr<DoubleProbe> probe2 = CreateObject<DoubleProbe> ();
              probe2->SetName ("PathProbe");

              // Note, no return value is checked here
              probe2->ConnectByPath ("/Names/Emitter/Counter");

       case 4) (case 3 is not shown in this example):

              //
              // Probe3 will be called by the emitter directly through the
              // static method SetValueByPath().
              //
              Ptr<DoubleProbe> probe3 = CreateObject<DoubleProbe> ();
              probe3->SetName ("StaticallyAccessedProbe");
              // We must add it to the config database
              Names::Add ("/Names/Probes", probe3->GetName (), probe3);

       And finally, the example shows how the probes can be hooked to generate output:

              // The probe itself should generate output.  The context that we provide
              // to this probe (in this case, the probe name) will help to disambiguate
              // the source of the trace
              connected = probe3->TraceConnect ("Output",
                                                "/Names/Probes/StaticallyAccessedProbe/Output",
                                                MakeCallback (&NotifyViaProbe));
              NS_ASSERT_MSG (connected, "Trace source not .. connected to probe3 Output");

       The  following  callback is hooked to the Probe in this example for illustrative purposes;
       normally, the Probe would be hooked to a Collector object.

          // This is a function to test hooking it to the probe output
          void
          NotifyViaProbe (std::string context, double oldVal, double newVal)
          {
            NS_LOG_DEBUG ("context: " << context << " old " << oldVal << " new " << newVal);
          }

   IPv4 Packet Plot Example
       The IPv4 packet plot example is based on the fifth.cc example from the ns-3 Tutorial.   It
       can be found in src/stats/examples/ipv4-packet-plot-example.cc.

                node 0                 node 1
          +----------------+    +----------------+
          |    ns-3 TCP    |    |    ns-3 TCP    |
          +----------------+    +----------------+
          |    10.1.1.1    |    |    10.1.1.2    |
          +----------------+    +----------------+
          | point-to-point |    | point-to-point |
          +----------------+    +----------------+
                  |                     |
                  +---------------------+

       We’ll  just  look  at the Probe, as it illustrates that Probes may also unpack values from
       structures (in this case, packets) and report those values as trace source outputs, rather
       than just passing through the same type of data.

       There are other aspects of this example that will be explained later in the documentation.
       The two types of data that are exported are the packet itself (Output) and a count of  the
       number of bytes in the packet (OutputBytes).

          TypeId
          Ipv4PacketProbe::GetTypeId ()
          {
            static TypeId tid = TypeId ("ns3::Ipv4PacketProbe")
              .SetParent<Probe> ()
              .AddConstructor<Ipv4PacketProbe> ()
              .AddTraceSource ( "Output",
                                "The packet plus its IPv4 object and interface that serve as the output for this probe",
                                MakeTraceSourceAccessor (&Ipv4PacketProbe::m_output))
              .AddTraceSource ( "OutputBytes",
                                "The number of bytes in the packet",
                                MakeTraceSourceAccessor (&Ipv4PacketProbe::m_outputBytes))
            ;
            return tid;
          }

       When  the  Probe’s  trace sink gets a packet, if the Probe is enabled, then it will output
       the packet on its Output trace source, but it will also output the number of bytes on  the
       OutputBytes trace source.

          void
          Ipv4PacketProbe::TraceSink (Ptr<const Packet> packet, Ptr<Ipv4> ipv4, uint32_t interface)
          {
            NS_LOG_FUNCTION (this << packet << ipv4 << interface);
            if (IsEnabled ())
              {
                m_packet    = packet;
                m_ipv4      = ipv4;
                m_interface = interface;
                m_output (packet, ipv4, interface);

                uint32_t packetSizeNew = packet->GetSize ();
                m_outputBytes (m_packetSizeOld, packetSizeNew);
                m_packetSizeOld = packetSizeNew;
              }
          }

   References
       [Cic06]
            Claudio  Cicconetti,  Enzo  Mingozzi,  Giovanni  Stea,  “An  Integrated Framework for
            Enabling Effective Data Collection and Statistical Analysis  with  ns2,  Workshop  on
            ns-2 (WNS2), Pisa, Italy, October 2006.

   Collectors
       This  section  is  a  placeholder  to detail the functionalities provided by the Collector
       class to an ns-3 simulation, and gives examples on how to code them in a program.

       Note: As of ns-3.18, Collectors are still under development and not yet provided  as  part
       of the framework.

   Aggregators
       This  section  details  the  functionalities  provided  by the Aggregator class to an ns-3
       simulation. This section is meant for users interested in developing simulations with  the
       ns-3  tools  and  using  the Data Collection Framework, of which the Aggregator class is a
       part, to generate data output with their simulation’s results.

   Aggregator Overview
       An Aggregator object is supposed to be hooked to one or more trace  sources  in  order  to
       receive  input.  Aggregators  are  the  end  point of the data collected by the network of
       Probes and Collectors during the simulation.  It is the Aggregator’s  job  to  take  these
       values  and  transform  them  into  their  final  output  format such as plain text files,
       spreadsheet files, plots, or databases.

       Typically, an aggregator is connected to one or more Collectors.  In this manner, whenever
       the  Collectors’  trace sources export new values, the Aggregator can process the value so
       that it can be used in the final output format where the data values will reside after the
       simulation.

       Note the following about Aggregators:

       · Aggregators  may  be  dynamically  turned on and off during the simulation with calls to
         Enable() and Disable().  For example, the aggregating of data may be turned  off  during
         the  simulation  warmup  phase,  which means those values won’t be included in the final
         output medium.

       · Aggregators receive data from Collectors via callbacks. When a Collector  is  associated
         to  an  aggregator,  a  call to TraceConnect is made to establish the Aggregator’s trace
         sink method as a callback.

       To date, two Aggregators have been implemented:

       · GnuplotAggregator

       · FileAggregator

   GnuplotAggregator
       The GnuplotAggregator produces output files used to make gnuplots.

       The GnuplotAggregator will create 3 different files at the end of the simulation:

       · A space separated gnuplot data file

       · A gnuplot control file

       · A shell script to generate the gnuplot

   Creation
       An object of type GnuplotAggregator will be created here to show what needs to be done.

       One declares a GnuplotAggregator in dynamic  memory  by  using  the  smart  pointer  class
       (Ptr<T>).  To  create  a GnuplotAggregator in dynamic memory with smart pointers, one just
       needs   to   call   the   ns-3   method   CreateObject().    The   following   code   from
       src/stats/examples/gnuplot-aggregator-example.cc shows how to do this:

          string fileNameWithoutExtension = "gnuplot-aggregator";

          // Create an aggregator.
          Ptr<GnuplotAggregator> aggregator =
            CreateObject<GnuplotAggregator> (fileNameWithoutExtension);

       The  first  argument  for  the  constructor,  fileNameWithoutExtension, is the name of the
       gnuplot related files to write with no extension.  This GnuplotAggregator  will  create  a
       space  separated  gnuplot data file named “gnuplot-aggregator.dat”, a gnuplot control file
       named “gnuplot-aggregator.plt”, and a  shell  script  to  generate  the  gnuplot  named  +
       “gnuplot-aggregator.sh”.

       The gnuplot that is created can have its key in 4 different locations:

       · No key

       · Key inside the plot (the default)

       · Key above the plot

       · Key below the plot

       The following gnuplot key location enum values are allowed to specify the key’s position:

          enum KeyLocation {
            NO_KEY,
            KEY_INSIDE,
            KEY_ABOVE,
            KEY_BELOW
          };

       If  it  was desired to have the key below rather than the default position of inside, then
       you could do the following.

          aggregator->SetKeyLocation(GnuplotAggregator::KEY_BELOW);

   Examples
       One example will be discussed in detail here:

       · Gnuplot Aggregator Example

   Gnuplot Aggregator Example
       An    example    that    exercises    the    GnuplotAggregator    can    be    found    in
       src/stats/examples/gnuplot-aggregator-example.cc.

       The following 2-D gnuplot was created using the example.
         [image] 2-D Gnuplot Created by gnuplot-aggregator-example.cc Example..UNINDENT

         This code from the example shows how to construct the GnuplotAggregator as was discussed
         above.

          void Create2dPlot ()
          {
            using namespace std;

            string fileNameWithoutExtension = "gnuplot-aggregator";
            string plotTitle                = "Gnuplot Aggregator Plot";
            string plotXAxisHeading         = "Time (seconds)";
            string plotYAxisHeading         = "Double Values";
            string plotDatasetLabel         = "Data Values";
            string datasetContext           = "Dataset/Context/String";

            // Create an aggregator.
            Ptr<GnuplotAggregator> aggregator =
              CreateObject<GnuplotAggregator> (fileNameWithoutExtension);

       Various GnuplotAggregator attributes are set  including  the  2-D  dataset  that  will  be
       plotted.

          // Set the aggregator's properties.
          aggregator->SetTerminal ("png");
          aggregator->SetTitle (plotTitle);
          aggregator->SetLegend (plotXAxisHeading, plotYAxisHeading);

          // Add a data set to the aggregator.
          aggregator->Add2dDataset (datasetContext, plotDatasetLabel);

          // aggregator must be turned on
          aggregator->Enable ();

       Next,  the  2-D  values  are  calculated,  and  each  one  is  individually written to the
       GnuplotAggregator using the Write2d() function.

            double time;
            double value;

            // Create the 2-D dataset.
            for (time = -5.0; time <= +5.0; time += 1.0)
              {
                // Calculate the 2-D curve
                //
                //                   2
                //     value  =  time   .
                //
                value = time * time;

                // Add this point to the plot.
                aggregator->Write2d (datasetContext, time, value);
              }

            // Disable logging of data for the aggregator.
            aggregator->Disable ();
          }

   FileAggregator
       The FileAggregator sends the values it receives to a file.

       The FileAggregator can create 4 different types of files:

       · Formatted

       · Space separated (the default)

       · Comma separated

       · Tab separated

       Formatted files use C-style format strings and  the  sprintf()  function  to  print  their
       values in the file being written.

   Creation
       An object of type FileAggregator will be created here to show what needs to be done.

       One declares a FileAggregator in dynamic memory by using the smart pointer class (Ptr<T>).
       To create a FileAggregator in dynamic memory with smart pointers, one just needs  to  call
       the       ns-3      method      CreateObject.       The      following      code      from
       src/stats/examples/file-aggregator-example.cc shows how to do this:

          string fileName       = "file-aggregator-formatted-values.txt";

          // Create an aggregator that will have formatted values.
          Ptr<FileAggregator> aggregator =
            CreateObject<FileAggregator> (fileName, FileAggregator::FORMATTED);

       The first argument for the constructor, filename, is the name of the file  to  write;  the
       second  argument,  fileType,  is  type of file to write. This FileAggregator will create a
       file named “file-aggregator-formatted-values.txt” with its values printed as specified  by
       fileType, i.e., formatted in this case.

       The following file type enum values are allowed:

          enum FileType {
            FORMATTED,
            SPACE_SEPARATED,
            COMMA_SEPARATED,
            TAB_SEPARATED
          };

   Examples
       One example will be discussed in detail here:

       · File Aggregator Example

   File Aggregator Example
       An     example     that     exercises    the    FileAggregator    can    be    found    in
       src/stats/examples/file-aggregator-example.cc.

       The following text file with 2 columns of values separated by commas was created using the
       example.

          -5,25
          -4,16
          -3,9
          -2,4
          -1,1
          0,0
          1,1
          2,4
          3,9
          4,16
          5,25

       This  code  from  the  example  shows how to construct the FileAggregator as was discussed
       above.

          void CreateCommaSeparatedFile ()
          {
            using namespace std;

            string fileName       = "file-aggregator-comma-separated.txt";
            string datasetContext = "Dataset/Context/String";

            // Create an aggregator.
            Ptr<FileAggregator> aggregator =
              CreateObject<FileAggregator> (fileName, FileAggregator::COMMA_SEPARATED);

       FileAggregator attributes are set.

          // aggregator must be turned on
          aggregator->Enable ();

       Next, the 2-D values  are  calculated,  and  each  one  is  individually  written  to  the
       FileAggregator using the Write2d() function.

            double time;
            double value;

            // Create the 2-D dataset.
            for (time = -5.0; time <= +5.0; time += 1.0)
              {
                // Calculate the 2-D curve
                //
                //                   2
                //     value  =  time   .
                //
                value = time * time;

                // Add this point to the plot.
                aggregator->Write2d (datasetContext, time, value);
              }

            // Disable logging of data for the aggregator.
            aggregator->Disable ();
          }

       The  following  text  file  with  2 columns of formatted values was also created using the
       example.

          Time = -5.000e+00     Value = 25
          Time = -4.000e+00     Value = 16
          Time = -3.000e+00     Value = 9
          Time = -2.000e+00     Value = 4
          Time = -1.000e+00     Value = 1
          Time = 0.000e+00      Value = 0
          Time = 1.000e+00      Value = 1
          Time = 2.000e+00      Value = 4
          Time = 3.000e+00      Value = 9
          Time = 4.000e+00      Value = 16
          Time = 5.000e+00      Value = 25

       This code from the example shows how to construct  the  FileAggregator  as  was  discussed
       above.

          void CreateFormattedFile ()
          {
            using namespace std;

            string fileName       = "file-aggregator-formatted-values.txt";
            string datasetContext = "Dataset/Context/String";

            // Create an aggregator that will have formatted values.
            Ptr<FileAggregator> aggregator =
              CreateObject<FileAggregator> (fileName, FileAggregator::FORMATTED);

       FileAggregator attributes are set, including the C-style format string to use.

          // Set the format for the values.
          aggregator->Set2dFormat ("Time = %.3e\tValue = %.0f");

          // aggregator must be turned on
          aggregator->Enable ();

       Next,  the  2-D  values  are  calculated,  and  each  one  is  individually written to the
       FileAggregator using the Write2d() function.

            double time;
            double value;

            // Create the 2-D dataset.
            for (time = -5.0; time <= +5.0; time += 1.0)
              {
                // Calculate the 2-D curve
                //
                //                   2
                //     value  =  time   .
                //
                value = time * time;

                // Add this point to the plot.
                aggregator->Write2d (datasetContext, time, value);
              }

            // Disable logging of data for the aggregator.
            aggregator->Disable ();
          }

   Adaptors
       This section details the  functionalities  provided  by  the  Adaptor  class  to  an  ns-3
       simulation.  This section is meant for users interested in developing simulations with the
       ns-3 tools and using the Data Collection Framework, of which the Adaptor class is a  part,
       to generate data output with their simulation’s results.

       Note:   the  term  ‘adaptor’  may also be spelled ‘adapter’; we chose the spelling aligned
       with the C++ standard.

   Adaptor Overview
       An Adaptor is used to make connections between different types of DCF objects.

       To date, one Adaptor has been implemented:

       · TimeSeriesAdaptor

   Time Series Adaptor
       The TimeSeriesAdaptor lets Probes connect directly  to  Aggregators  without  needing  any
       Collector in between.

       Both  of  the  implemented  DCF helpers utilize TimeSeriesAdaptors in order to take probed
       values of different types and output the current time plus the value with  both  converted
       to doubles.

       The  role  of  the  TimeSeriesAdaptor  class is that of an adaptor, which takes raw-valued
       probe data of different types and outputs a tuple of two double values.  The  first  is  a
       timestamp, which may be set to different resolutions (e.g. Seconds, Milliseconds, etc.) in
       the future but which is presently hardcoded to Seconds.  The second is the conversion of a
       non-double value to a double value (possibly with loss of precision).

   Scope/Limitations
       This section discusses the scope and limitations of the Data Collection Framework.

       Currently, only these Probes have been implemented in DCF:

       · BooleanProbe

       · DoubleProbe

       · Uinteger8Probe

       · Uinteger16Probe

       · Uinteger32Probe

       · TimeProbe

       · PacketProbe

       · ApplicationPacketProbe

       · Ipv4PacketProbe

       Currently, no Collectors are available in the DCF, although a BasicStatsCollector is under
       development.

       Currently, only these Aggregators have been implemented in DCF:

       · GnuplotAggregator

       · FileAggregator

       Currently, only this Adaptor has been implemented in DCF:

       Time-Series Adaptor.

   Future Work
       This section discusses the future work to be done on the Data Collection Framework.

       Here are some things that still need to be done:

       · Hook up more trace sources in ns-3 code to get more values out of the simulator.

       · Implement more types of Probes than there currently are.

       · Implement more than just the single current 2-D Collector, BasicStatsCollector.

       · Implement more Aggregators.

       · Implement more than just Adaptors.

STATISTICAL FRAMEWORK

       This chapter outlines work on simulation data collection and the statistical framework for
       ns-3.

       The source code for the statistical framework lives in the directory src/stats.

   Goals
       Primary objectives for this effort are the following:

       · Provide functionality to record, calculate, and present data and statistics for analysis
         of network simulations.

       · Boost simulation performance by reducing the need to generate extensive  trace  logs  in
         order to collect data.

       · Enable  simulation  control  via  online  statistics,  e.g.  terminating  simulations or
         repeating trials.

       Derived sub-goals and other target features include the following:

       · Integration with the existing ns-3 tracing system as the basic instrumentation framework
         of the internal simulation engine, e.g. network stacks, net devices, and channels.

       · Enabling  users to utilize the statistics framework without requiring use of the tracing
         system.

       · Helping users create, aggregate, and analyze data over multiple trials.

       · Support for user created  instrumentation,  e.g.  of  application  specific  events  and
         measures.

       · Low memory and CPU overhead when the package is not in use.

       · Leveraging  existing  analysis  and output tools as much as possible.  The framework may
         provide some basic statistics, but the  focus  is  on  collecting  data  and  making  it
         accessible for manipulation in established tools.

       · Eventual support for distributing independent replications is important but not included
         in the first round of features.

   Overview
       The statistics framework includes the following features:

       · The core framework and two basic data collectors: A  counter,  and  a  min/max/avg/total
         observer.

       · Extensions of those to easily work with times and packets.

       · Plaintext output formatted for OMNet++.

       · Database output using SQLite, a standalone, lightweight, high performance SQL engine.

       · Mandatory and open ended metadata for describing and working with runs.

       · An  example  based  on  the  notional  experiment  of examining the properties of NS-3’s
         default ad hoc WiFi performance.  It incorporates the following:

         · Constructs of a two node ad hoc WiFi network, with the nodes a parameterized  distance
           apart.

         · UDP  traffic  source  and  sink  applications  with  slightly  different  behavior and
           measurement hooks than the stock classes.

         · Data collection from the NS-3 core via existing trace signals, in particular  data  on
           frames transmitted and received by the WiFi MAC objects.

         · Instrumentation  of  custom  applications  by connecting new trace signals to the stat
           framework, as well as via direct updates.  Information is recorded about total packets
           sent and received, bytes transmitted, and end-to-end delay.

         · An example of using packet tags to track end-to-end delay.

         · A  simple  control  script  which runs a number of trials of the experiment at varying
           distances and queries the resulting database to produce a graph using GNUPlot.

   To-Do
       High priority items include:

       · Inclusion of online statistics code, e.g. for memory efficient confidence intervals.

       · Provisions in the data collectors  for  terminating  runs,  i.e.  when  a  threshold  or
         confidence is met.

       · Data collectors for logging samples over time, and output to the various formats.

       · Demonstrate writing simple cyclic event glue to regularly poll some value.

       Each of those should prove straightforward to incorporate in the current framework.

   Approach
       The framework is based around the following core principles:

       · One  experiment  trial  is conducted by one instance of a simulation program, whether in
         parallel or serially.

       · A control script executes instances of the simulation, varying parameters as necessary.

       · Data is collected and stored for  plotting  and  analysis  using  external  scripts  and
         existing tools.

       · Measures  within  the  ns-3  core are taken by connecting the stat framework to existing
         trace signals.

       · Trace signals or direct manipulation of the framework may be used to  instrument  custom
         simulation code.

       Those  basic  components  of  the  framework  and  their  interactions are depicted in the
       following figure.  [image]

   Example
       This section goes through the process of constructing an experiment in the  framework  and
       producing  data  for  analysis (graphs) from it, demonstrating the structure and API along
       the way.

   Question
       ‘’What is the (simulated)  performance  of  ns-3’s  WiFi  NetDevices  (using  the  default
       settings)?   How  far  apart  can  wireless  nodes  be  in a simulation before they cannot
       communicate reliably?’‘

       · Hypothesis: Based on knowledge of real life performance, the  nodes  should  communicate
         reasonably  well  to  at  least  100m  apart.   Communication  beyond  200m shouldn’t be
         feasible.

       Although not a very common question in simulation contexts, this is an important  property
       of  which  simulation  developers  should have a basic understanding.  It is also a common
       study done on live hardware.

   Simulation Program
       The first thing to do  in  implementing  this  experiment  is  developing  the  simulation
       program.   The  code  for this example can be found in examples/stats/wifi-example-sim.cc.
       It does the following main steps.

       · Declaring parameters and parsing the command line using ns3::CommandLine.

            double distance = 50.0;
            string format ("OMNet++");
            string experiment ("wifi-distance-test");
            string strategy ("wifi-default");
            string runID;

            CommandLine cmd;
            cmd.AddValue("distance",   "Distance apart to place nodes (in meters).", distance);
            cmd.AddValue("format",     "Format to use for data output.",             format);
            cmd.AddValue("experiment", "Identifier for experiment.",                 experiment);
            cmd.AddValue("strategy",   "Identifier for strategy.",                   strategy);
            cmd.AddValue("run",        "Identifier for run.",                        runID);
            cmd.Parse (argc, argv);

       · Creating  nodes  and  network  stacks  using  ns3::NodeContainer,  ns3::WiFiHelper,  and
         ns3::InternetStackHelper.

            NodeContainer nodes;
            nodes.Create(2);

            WifiHelper wifi;
            wifi.SetMac("ns3::AdhocWifiMac");
            wifi.SetPhy("ns3::WifiPhy");
            NetDeviceContainer nodeDevices = wifi.Install(nodes);

            InternetStackHelper internet;
            internet.Install(nodes);
            Ipv4AddressHelper ipAddrs;
            ipAddrs.SetBase("192.168.0.0", "255.255.255.0");
            ipAddrs.Assign(nodeDevices);

       · Positioning  the  nodes  using  ns3::MobilityHelper.   By  default the nodes have static
         mobility and won’t move, but must be positioned the given  distance  apart.   There  are
         several  ways  to do this; it is done here using ns3::ListPositionAllocator, which draws
         positions from a given list.

            MobilityHelper mobility;
            Ptr<ListPositionAllocator> positionAlloc =
              CreateObject<ListPositionAllocator>();
            positionAlloc->Add(Vector(0.0, 0.0, 0.0));
            positionAlloc->Add(Vector(0.0, distance, 0.0));
            mobility.SetPositionAllocator(positionAlloc);
            mobility.Install(nodes);

       · Installing a traffic generator and a traffic sink.   The  stock  Applications  could  be
         used,  but  the  example  includes custom objects in src/test/test02-apps.(cc|h).  These
         have a simple behavior, generating a given number of packets spaced at a given interval.
         As  there  is  only  one  of  each  they  are  installed  manually; for a larger set the
         ns3::ApplicationHelper class could be used.  The commented-out Config::Set line  changes
         the  destination of the packets, set to broadcast by default in this example.  Note that
         in general WiFi may have different performance for broadcast and unicast frames  due  to
         different rate control and MAC retransmission policies.

            Ptr<Node> appSource = NodeList::GetNode(0);
            Ptr<Sender> sender = CreateObject<Sender>();
            appSource->AddApplication(sender);
            sender->Start(Seconds(1));

            Ptr<Node> appSink = NodeList::GetNode(1);
            Ptr<Receiver> receiver = CreateObject<Receiver>();
            appSink->AddApplication(receiver);
            receiver->Start(Seconds(0));

            //  Config::Set("/NodeList/*/ApplicationList/*/$Sender/Destination",
            //              Ipv4AddressValue("192.168.0.2"));

       · Configuring  the  data  and  statistics  to be collected.  The basic paradigm is that an
         ns3::DataCollector object is created to hold information about this particular  run,  to
         which  observers  and  calculators are attached to actually generate data.  Importantly,
         run information includes labels for the  ‘’experiment’‘,  ‘’strategy’‘,  ‘’input’‘,  and
         ‘’run’‘.  These are used to later identify and easily group data from multiple trials.

         · The  experiment  is  the  study  of  which this trial is a member.  Here it is on WiFi
           performance and distance.

         · The strategy is the code or parameters being examined in this trial.  In this  example
           it  is  fixed,  but  an  obvious  extension would be to investigate different WiFi bit
           rates, each of which would be a different strategy.

         · The input is the particular problem given to  this  trial.   Here  it  is  simply  the
           distance between the two nodes.

         · The  runID is a unique identifier for this trial with which it’s information is tagged
           for identification in later analysis.  If no run ID is given the example program makes
           a (weak) run ID using the current time.

         Those  four pieces of metadata are required, but more may be desired.  They may be added
         to the record using the ns3::DataCollector::AddMetadata() method.

            DataCollector data;
            data.DescribeRun(experiment, strategy, input, runID);
            data.AddMetadata("author", "tjkopena");

         Actual observation and calculating is done  by  ns3::DataCalculator  objects,  of  which
         several different types exist.  These are created by the simulation program, attached to
         reporting or sampling code, and then registered with the ns3::DataCollector so they will
         be  queried  later  for their output.  One easy observation mechanism is to use existing
         trace sources, for example to instrument objects in the ns-3 core without changing their
         code.   Here  a  counter is attached directly to a trace signal in the WiFi MAC layer on
         the target node.

            Ptr<PacketCounterCalculator> totalRx = CreateObject<PacketCounterCalculator>();
            totalRx->SetKey("wifi-rx-frames");
            Config::Connect("/NodeList/1/DeviceList/*/$ns3::WifiNetDevice/Rx",
                            MakeCallback(&PacketCounterCalculator::FrameUpdate, totalRx));
            data.AddDataCalculator(totalRx);

         Calculators may also be manipulated directly.  In this example, a counter is created and
         passed to the traffic sink application to be updated when packets are received.

            Ptr<CounterCalculator<> > appRx = CreateObject<CounterCalculator<> >();
            appRx->SetKey("receiver-rx-packets");
            receiver->SetCounter(appRx);
            data.AddDataCalculator(appRx);

         To  increment  the  count,  the  sink’s  packet  processing  code  then calls one of the
         calculator’s update methods.

            m_calc->Update();

         The  program  includes  several  other  examples  as  well,  using  both  the  primitive
         calculators  such  as ns3::CounterCalculator and those adapted for observing packets and
         times.  In src/test/test02-apps.(cc|h) it also creates a simple custom tag which it uses
         to   track   end-to-end   delay   for   generated   packets,   reporting  results  to  a
         ns3::TimeMinMaxAvgTotalCalculator data calculator.

       · Running the simulation, which is very straightforward once constructed.

            Simulator::Run();

       · Generating either OMNet++ or SQLite output, depending on the command line arguments.  To
         do  this a ns3::DataOutputInterface object is created and configured.  The specific type
         of  this  will  determine  the  output  format.   This  object   is   then   given   the
         ns3::DataCollector object which it interrogates to produce the output.

            Ptr<DataOutputInterface> output;
            if (format == "OMNet++") {
              NS_LOG_INFO("Creating OMNet++ formatted data output.");
              output = CreateObject<OmnetDataOutput>();
            } else {
            #   ifdef STAT_USE_DB
                NS_LOG_INFO("Creating SQLite formatted data output.");
                output = CreateObject<SqliteDataOutput>();
            #   endif
            }

            output->Output(data);

       · Freeing  any  memory  used  by  the simulation.  This should come at the end of the main
         function for the example.

            Simulator::Destroy();

   Logging
       To see what the example program, applications, and stat framework are doing in detail, set
       the  NS_LOG  variable  appropriately.   The following will provide copious output from all
       three.

          $ export NS_LOG=WiFiDistanceExperiment:WiFiDistanceApps

       Note that this slows down the simulation extraordinarily.

   Sample Output
       Compiling and simply running the test program will append OMNet++ formatted output such as
       the following to data.sca.

          run run-1212239121

          attr experiment "wifi-distance-test"
          attr strategy "wifi-default"
          attr input "50"
          attr description ""

          attr "author" "tjkopena"

          scalar wifi-tx-frames count 30
          scalar wifi-rx-frames count 30
          scalar sender-tx-packets count 30
          scalar receiver-rx-packets count 30
          scalar tx-pkt-size count 30
          scalar tx-pkt-size total 1920
          scalar tx-pkt-size average 64
          scalar tx-pkt-size max 64
          scalar tx-pkt-size min 64
          scalar delay count 30
          scalar delay total 5884980ns
          scalar delay average 196166ns
          scalar delay max 196166ns
          scalar delay min 196166ns

   Control Script
       In  order  to  automate  data collection at a variety of inputs (distances), a simple Bash
       script  is  used  to  execute  a  series   of   simulations.    It   can   be   found   at
       examples/stats/wifi-example-db.sh.  The script is meant to be run from the examples/stats/
       directory.

       The script runs through a  set  of  distances,  collecting  the  results  into  an  SQLite
       database.  At each distance five trials are conducted to give a better picture of expected
       performance.  The entire experiment takes only a few dozen seconds to run  on  a  low  end
       machine as there is no output during the simulation and little traffic is generated.

          #!/bin/sh

          DISTANCES="25 50 75 100 125 145 147 150 152 155 157 160 162 165 167 170 172 175 177 180"
          TRIALS="1 2 3 4 5"

          echo WiFi Experiment Example

          if [ -e data.db ]
          then
            echo Kill data.db?
            read ANS
            if [ "$ANS" = "yes" -o "$ANS" = "y" ]
            then
              echo Deleting database
              rm data.db
            fi
          fi

          for trial in $TRIALS
          do
            for distance in $DISTANCES
            do
              echo Trial $trial, distance $distance
              ./bin/test02 --format=db --distance=$distance --run=run-$distance-$trial
            done
          done

   Analysis and Conclusion
       Once  all  trials  have  been  conducted,  the script executes a simple SQL query over the
       database using the SQLite command line program.  The query computes average packet loss in
       each set of trials associated with each distance.  It does not take into account different
       strategies, but the information is present in the database to make some simple  extensions
       and do so.  The collected data is then passed to GNUPlot for graphing.

          CMD="select exp.input,avg(100-((rx.value*100)/tx.value)) \
              from Singletons rx, Singletons tx, Experiments exp \
              where rx.run = tx.run AND \
                    rx.run = exp.run AND \
                    rx.name='receiver-rx-packets' AND \
                    tx.name='sender-tx-packets' \
              group by exp.input \
              order by abs(exp.input) ASC;"

          sqlite3 -noheader data.db "$CMD" > wifi-default.data
          sed -i "s/|/   /" wifi-default.data
          gnuplot wifi-example.gnuplot

       The  GNUPlot script found at examples/stats/wifi-example.gnuplot simply defines the output
       format and some basic formatting for the graph.

          set terminal postscript portrait enhanced lw 2 "Helvetica" 14

          set size 1.0, 0.66

          #-------------------------------------------------------
          set out "wifi-default.eps"
          #set title "Packet Loss Over Distance"
          set xlabel "Distance (m) --- average of 5 trials per point"
          set xrange [0:200]
          set ylabel "% Packet Loss"
          set yrange [0:110]

          plot "wifi-default.data" with lines title "WiFi Defaults"

   End Result
       The resulting graph provides no evidence that the  default  WiFi  model’s  performance  is
       necessarily  unreasonable  and  lends some confidence to an at least token faithfulness to
       reality.  More importantly, this simple investigation has been carried all the way through
       using the statistical framework.  Success!  [image]

REALTIME

       ns-3  has  been designed for integration into testbed and virtual machine environments. To
       integrate with real network stacks and emit/consume  packets,  a  real-time  scheduler  is
       needed  to  try  to  lock the simulation clock with the hardware clock. We describe here a
       component of this: the RealTime scheduler.

       The purpose of the realtime scheduler is to cause the progression of the simulation  clock
       to  occur  synchronously with respect to some external time base.  Without the presence of
       an external time base (wall clock), simulation time jumps  instantly  from  one  simulated
       time to the next.

   Behavior
       When  using  a  non-realtime  scheduler  (the default in ns-3), the simulator advances the
       simulation time to the next scheduled event. During event execution,  simulation  time  is
       frozen.  With  the  realtime  scheduler,  the  behavior is similar from the perspective of
       simulation models (i.e., simulation time is frozen during event  execution),  but  between
       events,  the  simulator will attempt to keep the simulation clock aligned with the machine
       clock.

       When an event is finished executing, and the  scheduler  moves  to  the  next  event,  the
       scheduler  compares  the  next  event  execution time with the machine clock.  If the next
       event is scheduled for a future time, the simulator sleeps until that realtime is  reached
       and then executes the next event.

       It  may happen that, due to the processing inherent in the execution of simulation events,
       that the simulator cannot keep up with realtime.  In such a case, it is  up  to  the  user
       configuration  what  to  do.  There  are two ns-3 attributes that govern the behavior. The
       first is ns3::RealTimeSimulatorImpl::SynchronizationMode. The  two  entries  possible  for
       this  attribute  are  BestEffort  (the  default)  or  HardLimit. In “BestEffort” mode, the
       simulator will just try to catch up to realtime by executing events  until  it  reaches  a
       point  where  the  next event is in the (realtime) future, or else the simulation ends. In
       BestEffort mode, then, it is possible for the simulation to consume  more  time  than  the
       wall  clock  time.  The other option “HardLimit” will cause the simulation to abort if the
       tolerance threshold is exceeded.  This attribute is  ns3::RealTimeSimulatorImpl::HardLimit
       and the default is 0.1 seconds.

       A different mode of operation is one in which simulated time is not frozen during an event
       execution. This mode of realtime simulation was implemented but removed from the ns-3 tree
       because of questions of whether it would be useful.  If users are interested in a realtime
       simulator for which simulation time does not freeze during event  execution  (i.e.,  every
       call  to  Simulator::Now()  returns the current wall clock time, not the time at which the
       event started executing), please contact the ns-developers mailing list.

   Usage
       The usage of the realtime simulator is  straightforward,  from  a  scripting  perspective.
       Users  just  need  to  set  the  attribute  SimulatorImplementationType  to  the  Realtime
       simulator, such as follows:

          GlobalValue::Bind ("SimulatorImplementationType",
            StringValue ("ns3::RealtimeSimulatorImpl"));

       There is a script in examples/realtime/realtime-udp-echo.cc that has an example of how  to
       configure the realtime behavior.  Try:

          $ ./waf --run realtime-udp-echo

       Whether  the simulator will work in a best effort or hard limit policy fashion is governed
       by the attributes explained in the previous section.

   Implementation
       The implementation is contained in the following files:

       · src/core/model/realtime-simulator-impl.{cc,h}

       · src/core/model/wall-clock-synchronizer.{cc,h}

       In order to create a realtime scheduler, to a first approximation you just want  to  cause
       simulation  time  jumps to consume real time. We propose doing this using a combination of
       sleep- and busy- waits. Sleep-waits cause  the  calling  process  (thread)  to  yield  the
       processor for some amount of time. Even though this specified amount of time can be passed
       to nanosecond resolution, it is actually  converted  to  an  OS-specific  granularity.  In
       Linux,  the  granularity  is called a Jiffy. Typically this resolution is insufficient for
       our needs (on the order of a ten milliseconds), so  we  round  down  and  sleep  for  some
       smaller  number  of  Jiffies.  The  process is then awakened after the specified number of
       Jiffies has passed. At this time, we have  some  residual  time  to  wait.  This  time  is
       generally  smaller  than  the minimum sleep time, so we busy-wait for the remainder of the
       time. This means that the thread just sits in  a  for  loop  consuming  cycles  until  the
       desired time arrives. After the combination of sleep- and busy-waits, the elapsed realtime
       (wall) clock should agree with the simulation time of the next event  and  the  simulation
       proceeds.

HELPERS

       The  above  chapters  introduced  you  to  various ns-3 programming concepts such as smart
       pointers for reference-counted memory management, attributes, namespaces, callbacks,  etc.
       Users  who work at this low-level API can interconnect ns-3 objects with fine granularity.
       However, a simulation program written entirely using the low-level API would be quite long
       and  tedious to code. For this reason, a separate so-called “helper API” has been overlaid
       on the core ns-3 API. If you have read the ns-3 tutorial, you  will  already  be  familiar
       with the helper API, since it is the API that new users are typically introduced to first.
       In this chapter, we introduce the design philosophy of the helper API and contrast  it  to
       the low-level API. If you become a heavy user of ns-3, you will likely move back and forth
       between these APIs even in the same program.

       The helper API has a few goals:

       1. the rest of src/ has no dependencies on the helper API; anything that can be done  with
          the helper API can be coded also at the low-level API

       2. Containers:  Often  simulations will need to do a number of identical actions to groups
          of objects. The helper API makes heavy use of containers of similar  objects  to  which
          similar or identical operations can be performed.

       3. The  helper  API  is  not  generic;  it  does  not  strive  to maximize code reuse. So,
          programming constructs such as polymorphism and templates that achieve code  reuse  are
          not   as  prevalent.  For  instance,  there  are  separate  CsmaNetDevice  helpers  and
          PointToPointNetDevice helpers but they do not  derive  from  a  common  NetDevice  base
          class.

       4. The  helper  API typically works with stack-allocated (vs. heap-allocated) objects. For
          some programs, ns-3 users may not need to worry about any low level  Object  Create  or
          Ptr  handling;  they can make do with containers of objects and stack-allocated helpers
          that operate on them.

       The helper API is really all about making ns-3 programs easier to write and read,  without
       taking  away  the power of the low-level interface. The rest of this chapter provides some
       examples of the programming conventions of the helper API.

MAKING PLOTS USING THE GNUPLOT CLASS

       There  are  2  common   methods   to   make   a   plot   using   ns-3   and   gnuplot   (‐
       http://www.gnuplot.info):

       1. Create a gnuplot control file using ns-3’s Gnuplot class.

       2. Create a gnuplot data file using values generated by ns-3.

       This  section  is about method 1, i.e. it is about how to make a plot using ns-3’s Gnuplot
       class.  If you are interested in method 2, see the “A Real Example” subsection  under  the
       “Tracing” section in the ns-3 Tutorial.

   Creating Plots Using the Gnuplot Class
       The following steps must be taken in order to create a plot using ns-3’s Gnuplot class:

       1. Modify your code so that is uses the Gnuplot class and its functions.

       2. Run your code so that it creates a gnuplot control file.

       3. Call gnuplot with the name of the gnuplot control file.

       4. View the graphics file that was produced in your favorite graphics viewer.

       See the code from the example plots that are discussed below for details on step 1.

   An Example Program that Uses the Gnuplot Class
       An example program that uses ns-3’s Gnuplot class can be found here:

          src/stats/examples/gnuplot-example.cc

       In order to run this example, do the following:

          $ ./waf --run src/stats/examples/gnuplot-example

       This should produce the following gnuplot control files:

          plot-2d.plt
          plot-2d-with-error-bars.plt
          plot-3d.plt

       In order to process these gnuplot control files, do the following:

          $ gnuplot plot-2d.plt
          $ gnuplot plot-2d-with-error-bars.plt
          $ gnuplot plot-3d.plt

       This should produce the following graphics files:

          plot-2d.png
          plot-2d-with-error-bars.png
          plot-3d.png

       You  can  view  these  graphics  files in your favorite graphics viewer.  If you have gimp
       installed on your machine, for example, you can do this:

          $ gimp plot-2d.png
          $ gimp plot-2d-with-error-bars.png
          $ gimp plot-3d.png

   An Example 2-Dimensional Plot
       The following 2-Dimensional plot
         [image]

       was created using the following code from gnuplot-example.cc:

          using namespace std;

          string fileNameWithNoExtension = "plot-2d";
          string graphicsFileName        = fileNameWithNoExtension + ".png";
          string plotFileName            = fileNameWithNoExtension + ".plt";
          string plotTitle               = "2-D Plot";
          string dataTitle               = "2-D Data";

          // Instantiate the plot and set its title.
          Gnuplot plot (graphicsFileName);
          plot.SetTitle (plotTitle);

          // Make the graphics file, which the plot file will create when it
          // is used with Gnuplot, be a PNG file.
          plot.SetTerminal ("png");

          // Set the labels for each axis.
          plot.SetLegend ("X Values", "Y Values");

          // Set the range for the x axis.
          plot.AppendExtra ("set xrange [-6:+6]");

          // Instantiate the dataset, set its title, and make the points be
          // plotted along with connecting lines.
          Gnuplot2dDataset dataset;
          dataset.SetTitle (dataTitle);
          dataset.SetStyle (Gnuplot2dDataset::LINES_POINTS);

          double x;
          double y;

          // Create the 2-D dataset.
          for (x = -5.0; x <= +5.0; x += 1.0)
            {
              // Calculate the 2-D curve
              //
              //            2
              //     y  =  x   .
              //
              y = x * x;

              // Add this point.
              dataset.Add (x, y);
            }

          // Add the dataset to the plot.
          plot.AddDataset (dataset);

          // Open the plot file.
          ofstream plotFile (plotFileName.c_str());

          // Write the plot file.
          plot.GenerateOutput (plotFile);

          // Close the plot file.
          plotFile.close ();

   An Example 2-Dimensional Plot with Error Bars
       The following 2-Dimensional plot with error bars in the x and y directions
         [image]

       was created using the following code from gnuplot-example.cc:

          using namespace std;

          string fileNameWithNoExtension = "plot-2d-with-error-bars";
          string graphicsFileName        = fileNameWithNoExtension + ".png";
          string plotFileName            = fileNameWithNoExtension + ".plt";
          string plotTitle               = "2-D Plot With Error Bars";
          string dataTitle               = "2-D Data With Error Bars";

          // Instantiate the plot and set its title.
          Gnuplot plot (graphicsFileName);
          plot.SetTitle (plotTitle);

          // Make the graphics file, which the plot file will create when it
          // is used with Gnuplot, be a PNG file.
          plot.SetTerminal ("png");

          // Set the labels for each axis.
          plot.SetLegend ("X Values", "Y Values");

          // Set the range for the x axis.
          plot.AppendExtra ("set xrange [-6:+6]");

          // Instantiate the dataset, set its title, and make the points be
          // plotted with no connecting lines.
          Gnuplot2dDataset dataset;
          dataset.SetTitle (dataTitle);
          dataset.SetStyle (Gnuplot2dDataset::POINTS);

          // Make the dataset have error bars in both the x and y directions.
          dataset.SetErrorBars (Gnuplot2dDataset::XY);

          double x;
          double xErrorDelta;
          double y;
          double yErrorDelta;

          // Create the 2-D dataset.
          for (x = -5.0; x <= +5.0; x += 1.0)
            {
              // Calculate the 2-D curve
              //
              //            2
              //     y  =  x   .
              //
              y = x * x;

              // Make the uncertainty in the x direction be constant and make
              // the uncertainty in the y direction be a constant fraction of
              // y's value.
              xErrorDelta = 0.25;
              yErrorDelta = 0.1 * y;

              // Add this point with uncertainties in both the x and y
              // direction.
              dataset.Add (x, y, xErrorDelta, yErrorDelta);
            }

          // Add the dataset to the plot.
          plot.AddDataset (dataset);

          // Open the plot file.
          ofstream plotFile (plotFileName.c_str());

          // Write the plot file.
          plot.GenerateOutput (plotFile);

          // Close the plot file.
          plotFile.close ();

   An Example 3-Dimensional Plot
       The following 3-Dimensional plot
         [image]

       was created using the following code from gnuplot-example.cc:

          using namespace std;

          string fileNameWithNoExtension = "plot-3d";
          string graphicsFileName        = fileNameWithNoExtension + ".png";
          string plotFileName            = fileNameWithNoExtension + ".plt";
          string plotTitle               = "3-D Plot";
          string dataTitle               = "3-D Data";

          // Instantiate the plot and set its title.
          Gnuplot plot (graphicsFileName);
          plot.SetTitle (plotTitle);

          // Make the graphics file, which the plot file will create when it
          // is used with Gnuplot, be a PNG file.
          plot.SetTerminal ("png");

          // Rotate the plot 30 degrees around the x axis and then rotate the
          // plot 120 degrees around the new z axis.
          plot.AppendExtra ("set view 30, 120, 1.0, 1.0");

          // Make the zero for the z-axis be in the x-axis and y-axis plane.
          plot.AppendExtra ("set ticslevel 0");

          // Set the labels for each axis.
          plot.AppendExtra ("set xlabel 'X Values'");
          plot.AppendExtra ("set ylabel 'Y Values'");
          plot.AppendExtra ("set zlabel 'Z Values'");

          // Set the ranges for the x and y axis.
          plot.AppendExtra ("set xrange [-5:+5]");
          plot.AppendExtra ("set yrange [-5:+5]");

          // Instantiate the dataset, set its title, and make the points be
          // connected by lines.
          Gnuplot3dDataset dataset;
          dataset.SetTitle (dataTitle);
          dataset.SetStyle ("with lines");

          double x;
          double y;
          double z;

          // Create the 3-D dataset.
          for (x = -5.0; x <= +5.0; x += 1.0)
            {
            for (y = -5.0; y <= +5.0; y += 1.0)
                {
                  // Calculate the 3-D surface
                  //
                  //            2      2
                  //     z  =  x   *  y   .
                  //
                  z = x * x * y * y;

                  // Add this point.
                  dataset.Add (x, y, z);
                }

            // The blank line is necessary at the end of each x value's data
            // points for the 3-D surface grid to work.
            dataset.AddEmptyLine ();
            }

          // Add the dataset to the plot.
          plot.AddDataset (dataset);

          // Open the plot file.
          ofstream plotFile (plotFileName.c_str());

          // Write the plot file.
          plot.GenerateOutput (plotFile);

          // Close the plot file.
          plotFile.close ();

USING PYTHON TO RUN NS-3

       Python bindings allow the C++ code in ns-3 to be called from Python.

       This chapter shows you how to create a Python script  that  can  run  ns-3  and  also  the
       process of creating Python bindings for a C++ ns-3 module.

   Introduction
       Python  bindings  provide  support  for  importing ns-3 model libraries as Python modules.
       Coverage of most of the ns-3 C++ API is provided.   The  intent  has  been  to  allow  the
       programmer  to  write  complete simulation scripts in Python, to allow integration of ns-3
       with other Python tools and workflows.  The intent is not to provide a different  language
       choice to author new ns-3 models implemented in Python.

       Python     bindings     for     ns-3     use     a     tool     called     PyBindGen    (‐
       https://github.com/gjcarneiro/pybindgen) to create Python modules from the  C++  libraries
       built  by  Waf.   The  Python  bindings  that  PyBindGen uses are maintained in a bindings
       directory in each module, and must be maintained to match the C++ API of that ns-3 module.
       If  the  C++  API  changes,  the  Python  bindings  file  must  either be modified by hand
       accordingly, or the bindings must be regenerated by an automated scanning process.

       If a user is not interested in Python, he or she may disable the use of Python bindings at
       Waf  configure  time.   In this case, changes to the C++ API of a provided module will not
       cause the module to fail to compile.

       The process for automatically generating Python bindings relies on a toolchain involving a
       development   installation   of   the   Clang   compiler,  a  program  called  CastXML  (‐
       https://github.com/CastXML/CastXML),    and    a    program     called     pygccxml     (‐
       https://github.com/gccxml/pygccxml).   The  toolchain can be installed using the ns-3 bake
       build tool.

   An Example Python Script that Runs ns-3
       Here is some example code that is written in Python and that runs ns-3, which  is  written
       in C++.  This Python example can be found in examples/tutorial/first.py:

          import ns.applications
          import ns.core
          import ns.internet
          import ns.network
          import ns.point_to_point

          ns.core.LogComponentEnable("UdpEchoClientApplication", ns.core.LOG_LEVEL_INFO)
          ns.core.LogComponentEnable("UdpEchoServerApplication", ns.core.LOG_LEVEL_INFO)

          nodes = ns.network.NodeContainer()
          nodes.Create(2)

          pointToPoint = ns.point_to_point.PointToPointHelper()
          pointToPoint.SetDeviceAttribute("DataRate", ns.core.StringValue("5Mbps"))
          pointToPoint.SetChannelAttribute("Delay", ns.core.StringValue("2ms"))

          devices = pointToPoint.Install(nodes)

          stack = ns.internet.InternetStackHelper()
          stack.Install(nodes)

          address = ns.internet.Ipv4AddressHelper()
          address.SetBase(ns.network.Ipv4Address("10.1.1.0"), ns.network.Ipv4Mask("255.255.255.0"))

          interfaces = address.Assign (devices);

          echoServer = ns.applications.UdpEchoServerHelper(9)

          serverApps = echoServer.Install(nodes.Get(1))
          serverApps.Start(ns.core.Seconds(1.0))
          serverApps.Stop(ns.core.Seconds(10.0))

          echoClient = ns.applications.UdpEchoClientHelper(interfaces.GetAddress(1), 9)
          echoClient.SetAttribute("MaxPackets", ns.core.UintegerValue(1))
          echoClient.SetAttribute("Interval", ns.core.TimeValue(ns.core.Seconds (1.0)))
          echoClient.SetAttribute("PacketSize", ns.core.UintegerValue(1024))

          clientApps = echoClient.Install(nodes.Get(0))
          clientApps.Start(ns.core.Seconds(2.0))
          clientApps.Stop(ns.core.Seconds(10.0))

          ns.core.Simulator.Run()
          ns.core.Simulator.Destroy()

   Running Python Scripts
       waf  contains  some  options  that  automatically  update  the python path to find the ns3
       module.  To run example programs, there are two ways to use waf to take care of this.  One
       is to run a waf shell; e.g.:

          $ ./waf shell
          $ python examples/wireless/mixed-wireless.py

       and the other is to use the –pyrun option to waf:

          $ ./waf --pyrun examples/wireless/mixed-wireless.py

       To run a python script under the C debugger:

          $ ./waf shell
          $ gdb --args python examples/wireless/mixed-wireless.py

       To   run   your   own   Python   script   that   calls   ns-3  and  that  has  this  path,
       /path/to/your/example/my-script.py, do the following:

          $ ./waf shell
          $ python /path/to/your/example/my-script.py

   Caveats
       Python bindings for ns-3 are a work  in  progress,  and  some  limitations  are  known  by
       developers.  Some of these limitations (not all) are listed here.

   Incomplete Coverage
       First  of  all, keep in mind that not 100% of the API is supported in Python.  Some of the
       reasons are:

       1. some of the APIs involve pointers, which require  knowledge  of  what  kind  of  memory
          passing  semantics  (who  owns what memory). Such knowledge is not part of the function
          signatures, and is either documented or sometimes not even documented.  Annotations are
          needed to bind those functions;

       2. Sometimes  a  unusual  fundamental  data type or C++ construct is used which is not yet
          supported by PyBindGen;

       3. GCC-XML does not report template based classes unless  they  are  instantiated.  (Note:
          Need to confirm this limitation still exists with CastXML)

       Most  of  the missing APIs can be wrapped, given enough time, patience, and expertise, and
       will likely be wrapped if bug reports are submitted.  However, don’t  file  a  bug  report
       saying  “bindings are incomplete”, because we do not have manpower to complete 100% of the
       bindings.

   Conversion Constructors
       Conversion constructors are not fully supported yet by PyBindGen, and they always  act  as
       explicit constructors when translating an API into Python.  For example, in C++ you can do
       this:

          Ipv4AddressHelper ipAddrs;
          ipAddrs.SetBase ("192.168.0.0", "255.255.255.0");
          ipAddrs.Assign (backboneDevices);

       In Python, for the time being you have to do:

          ipAddrs = ns.internet.Ipv4AddressHelper()
          ipAddrs.SetBase(ns.network.Ipv4Address("192.168.0.0"), ns.network.Ipv4Mask("255.255.255.0"))
          ipAddrs.Assign(backboneDevices)

   CommandLine
       CommandLine::AddValue() works differently in Python than it does in ns-3.  In Python,  the
       first parameter is a string that represents the command-line option name.  When the option
       is set, an attribute with the same name as the option name is  set  on  the  CommandLine()
       object.  Example:

          NUM_NODES_SIDE_DEFAULT = 3

          cmd = ns3.CommandLine()

          cmd.NumNodesSide = None
          cmd.AddValue("NumNodesSide", "Grid side number of nodes (total number of nodes will be this number squared)")

          cmd.Parse(argv)

          [...]

          if cmd.NumNodesSide is None:
              num_nodes_side = NUM_NODES_SIDE_DEFAULT
          else:
              num_nodes_side = int(cmd.NumNodesSide)

   Tracing
       Callback  based tracing is not yet properly supported for Python, as new ns-3 API needs to
       be provided for this to be supported.

       Pcap file writing is supported via the normal API.

       ASCII tracing is supported since ns-3.4 via the  normal  C++  API  translated  to  Python.
       However,  ASCII  tracing requires the creation of an ostream object to pass into the ASCII
       tracing methods.  In Python, the C++ std::ofstream has been  minimally  wrapped  to  allow
       this.  For example:

          ascii = ns3.ofstream("wifi-ap.tr") # create the file
          ns3.YansWifiPhyHelper.EnableAsciiAll(ascii)
          ns3.Simulator.Run()
          ns3.Simulator.Destroy()
          ascii.close() # close the file

       There is one caveat: you must not allow the file object to be garbage collected while ns-3
       is still using it.  That means that the ‘ascii’ variable above must not be allowed  to  go
       out of scope or else the program will crash.

   Working with Python Bindings
       Python  bindings  are built on a module-by-module basis, and can be found in each module’s
       bindings directory.

   Overview
       The python bindings are generated into an ‘ns’ namespace.  Examples:

          from ns.network import Node
          n1 = Node()

       or

          import ns.network
          n1 = ns.network.Node()

       The best way to explore the bindings is to look at the various example  programs  provided
       in  ns-3;  some  C++ examples have a corresponding Python example.  There is no structured
       documentation for the Python bindings like there is Doxygen  for  the  C++  API,  but  the
       Doxygen can be consulted to understand how the C++ API works.

   Python Bindings Workflow
       The process by which Python bindings are handled is the following:

       1. Periodically  a developer uses a CastXML (https://github.com/CastXML/CastXML) based API
          scanning    script,    which    saves     the     scanned     API     definition     as
          bindings/python/ns3_module_*.py  files  or  as  Python  files in each modules’ bindings
          directory.  These files are kept under version control in the main ns-3 repository;

       2. Other developers clone the repository and use the already scanned API definitions;

       3. When configuring ns-3, pybindgen  will  be  automatically  downloaded  if  not  already
          installed.  Released ns-3 tarballs will ship a copy of pybindgen.

       If  something  goes  wrong with compiling Python bindings and you just want to ignore them
       and move on with C++, you can disable Python with:

          $ ./waf configure --disable-python ...

       To add support for modular bindings to an existing or new  ns-3  module,  simply  add  the
       following line to its wscript build() function:

          bld.ns3_python_bindings()

       One must also provide the bindings files (usually by running the scanning framework).

   Regenerating the Python bindings
       ns-3  will fail to successfully compile the Python bindings if the C++ headers are changed
       and no longer align with the stored Python bindings.  In this case, the developer has  two
       main  choices:   1)  disable Python as described above, or 2) update the bindings to align
       with the new C++ API.

   Process Overview
       ns-3 has an automated process to regenerate Python bindings from  the  C++  header  files.
       The  process  is  only  supported  for Linux at the moment (ns-3.29) because we are in the
       midst of transition to new tools.  The current process is outlined below.  In  short,  the
       process currently requires the following steps.

       1. Prepare   the  system  for  scanning  by  installing  the  prerequisites,  including  a
          development version of clang, the CastXML package, and pygccxml.

       2. Perform a scan of the module of interest or all modules

   Installing a clang development environment
       Make sure you have a development version of the clang compiler installed on  your  system.
       This  can  take  a  long  time  to  build from source.  Linux distributions provide binary
       library packages such as  clang-dev  or  clang-devel.   The  version  should  not  be  too
       important;  version  3.8  is  known to work.  Note that there is a problem with the Ubuntu
       package installation of clang-dev; see the Installation wiki page for details  on  how  to
       fix using some symlinks.

   Installing other prerequisites
       cxxfilt is a new requirement, typically installed using pip; e.g.

          sudo pip install cxxfilt

       See also the wiki for installation notes for your system.

   Set up a bake build environment
       Try the following commands:

          .. sourcecode:: bash
          $  cd  bake  $ export BAKE_HOME=`pwd` $ export PATH=$PATH:$BAKE_HOME/build/bin $ export
          LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$LD_LIBRARY_PATH:$BAKE_HOME/build/lib             $              export
          PYTHONPATH=$PYTHONPATH:$BAKE_HOME/build/lib $ mkdir -p build/lib

   Configure
       Perform a configuration at the bake level:

          .. sourcecode:: bash
          $ ./bake.py configure -e ns-3-dev -e pygccxml-1.9.1

       The output of bake show should show something like this:

          .. sourcecode:: bash
          $ ./bake.py show

       Should say:

          .. sourcecode:: text

           System Dependencies 
                 > clang-dev - OK > g++ - OK > libxml2-dev - OK > pygoocanvas - OK > pygraphviz -
                 OK > python-dev - OK > qt - OK > setuptools - OK

   Download
       Try the following command:

          .. sourcecode:: bash

          $ ./bake.py download
                 >> Searching for system dependency python-dev  -  OK  >>  Searching  for  system
                 dependency  clang-dev  -  OK  >>  Searching  for  system  dependency g++ - OK >>
                 Searching for  system  dependency  setuptools  -  OK  >>  Searching  for  system
                 dependency  pygoocanvas  - OK >> Searching for system dependency pygraphviz - OK
                 >> Searching for system dependency qt -  OK  >>  Downloading  castxml  -  OK  >>
                 Downloading  netanim  -  OK  >>  Downloading  pygccxml-1.9.1 - OK >> Downloading
                 pygccxml - OK >> Downloading pybindgen - OK >> Downloading ns-3-dev - OK

   Build
       Try the following commands:

          .. sourcecode:: text
          $ mkdir -p build/lib $ ./bake.py build

       It should fail on the ns-3 bindings complilation.

       The output of ‘./waf configure’ can be inspected to see if Python API scanning support  is
       enabled:

          .. sourcecode:: text
          Python API Scanning Support   : enabled

       It may say something like this, if the support is not active:

          .. sourcecode:: text
          Python API Scanning Support   : not enabled (Missing ‘pygccxml’ Python module)

       In  this  case,  the  user must take steps to install castxml and pygccxml; castxml binary
       must be in the shell’s path, and pygccxml must be in the Python path.

   LP64 vs ILP32 bindings
       Linux (64-bit, as most modern installations use) and MacOS use different data  models,  as
       explained                                                                            here:
       https://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/en/SSLTBW_2.3.0/com.ibm.zos.v2r3.cbcpx01/datatypesize64.htm

       Linux uses the LP64 model, and MacOS (as well as 32-bit Linux) use the ILP32 model.  Users
       will note that there are two versions of bindings files in each ns-3 module directory; one
       with  an  ILP32.py  suffix  and one with an LP64.py suffix.  Only one is used on any given
       platform.  The main difference is in the representation of the  64  bit  integer  type  as
       either a ‘long’ (LP64) or ‘long long’ (ILP32).

       The  process  (only  supported  on Linux at present) generates the LP64 bindings using the
       toolchain and then copies  the  LP64  bindings  to  the  ILP32  bindings  with  some  type
       subsitutions automated by Waf scripts.

   Rescanning a module
       To re-scan a module:

          .. sourcecode:: bash
          $ cd source/ns-3-dev $ ./waf –apiscan=wifi

       To re-scan all modules:

          $ cd source/ns-3-dev
          $ ./waf --apiscan=all

   Generating bindings on MacOS
       In  principle,  this  should  work  (and  should  generate the 32-bit bindings).  However,
       maintainers have not been able to complete this port as  of  ns-3.29.   We  would  welcome
       suggestions on how to enable scanning for MacOS.

   Organization of the Modular Python Bindings
       The  src/<module>/bindings  directory  may  contain  the  following  files,  some  of them
       optional:

       · callbacks_list.py: this is a scanned file, DO NOT TOUCH.  Contains a list of Callback<…>
         template instances found in the scanned headers;

       · modulegen__gcc_LP64.py:  this  is a scanned file, DO NOT TOUCH.  Scanned API definitions
         for the GCC, LP64 architecture (64-bit)

       · modulegen__gcc_ILP32.py: this is a scanned file, DO NOT TOUCH.  Scanned API  definitions
         for the GCC, ILP32 architecture (32-bit)

       · modulegen_customizations.py:  you may optionally add this file in order to customize the
         pybindgen code generation

       · scan-header.h: you may optionally add this file to customize what header file is scanned
         for  the  module.   Basically  this  file  is  scanned instead of ns3/<module>-module.h.
         Typically, the first statement is  #include  “ns3/<module>-module.h”,  plus  some  other
         stuff to force template instantiations;

       · module_helpers.cc:  you  may  add additional files, such as this, to be linked to python
         extension  module,  but  they  have  to  be  registered  in   the   wscript.   Look   at
         src/core/wscript for an example of how to do so;

       · <module>.py:  if  this  file exists, it becomes the “frontend” python module for the ns3
         module, and the extension module (.so file) becomes _<module>.so instead of <module>.so.
         The  <module>.py  file has to import all symbols from the module _<module> (this is more
         tricky than it sounds, see src/core/bindings/core.py for an example), and then  can  add
         some additional pure-python definitions.

   More Information for Developers
       If you are a developer and need more information on ns-3’s Python bindings, please see the
       Python Bindings wiki page.

TESTS

   Overview
       This chapter is concerned with the testing and validation of ns-3 software.

       This chapter provides

       · background about terminology and software testing

       · a description of the ns-3 testing framework

       · a guide to model developers or new model contributors for how to write tests

   Background
       This chapter may be skipped by readers familiar with the basics of software testing.

       Writing defect-free software is a difficult proposition.  There are many dimensions to the
       problem  and  there  is  much  confusion  regarding  what  is  meant by different terms in
       different contexts.  We have found it worthwhile to spend  a  little  time  reviewing  the
       subject and defining some terms.

       Software  testing  may  be  loosely defined as the process of executing a program with the
       intent of finding errors.  When one enters a discussion  regarding  software  testing,  it
       quickly  becomes  apparent  that  there  are  many  distinct  mind-sets with which one can
       approach the subject.

       For  example,  one  could  break  the  process  into  broad  functional  categories   like
       ‘’correctness  testing,’’  ‘’performance  testing,’’ ‘’robustness testing’’ and ‘’security
       testing.’’  Another way to look at the problem is by life-cycle: ‘’requirements testing,’’
       ‘’design testing,’’ ‘’acceptance testing,’’ and ‘’maintenance testing.’’  Yet another view
       is by the scope of the tested system.  In this case one may  speak  of  ‘’unit  testing,’’
       ‘’component  testing,’’  ‘’integration testing,’’ and ‘’system testing.’’  These terms are
       also not standardized  in  any  way,  and  so  ‘’maintenance  testing’’  and  ‘’regression
       testing’’ may be heard interchangeably.  Additionally, these terms are often misused.

       There  are  also  a number of different philosophical approaches to software testing.  For
       example, some organizations advocate writing test programs  before  actually  implementing
       the  desired  software, yielding ‘’test-driven development.’’  Some organizations advocate
       testing from a customer perspective as soon as possible, following  a  parallel  with  the
       agile  development  process:  ‘’test  early  and  test  often.’’  This is sometimes called
       ‘’agile testing.’’  It seems that there is at least one  approach  to  testing  for  every
       development methodology.

       The  ns-3 project is not in the business of advocating for any one of these processes, but
       the project as a whole has requirements that help inform the test process.

       Like all major software products, ns-3 has a number of qualities that must be present  for
       the  product to succeed.  From a testing perspective, some of these qualities that must be
       addressed  are  that  ns-3  must   be   ‘’correct,’’   ‘’robust,’’    ‘’performant’’   and
       ‘’maintainable.’’   Ideally  there should be metrics for each of these dimensions that are
       checked by the tests to identify when  the  product  fails  to  meet  its  expectations  /
       requirements.

   Correctness
       The  essential  purpose  of  testing  is  to  determine  that  a piece of software behaves
       ‘’correctly.’’  For ns-3 this means that if we simulate something, the  simulation  should
       faithfully  represent  some  physical  entity  or  process  to  a  specified  accuracy and
       precision.

       It turns out that there  are  two  perspectives  from  which  one  can  view  correctness.
       Verifying  that  a  particular  model  is  implemented  according  to its specification is
       generically called verification.  The process of deciding that the model  is  correct  for
       its intended use is generically called validation.

   Validation and Verification
       A  computer  model  is  a  mathematical  or  logical  representation  of something. It can
       represent a vehicle, an elephant (see David Harel’s talk about  modeling  an  elephant  at
       SIMUTools  2009, or a networking card.  Models can also represent processes such as global
       warming, freeway traffic flow or a specification of a networking protocol.  Models can  be
       completely   faithful  representations  of  a  logical  process  specification,  but  they
       necessarily can never completely simulate a physical object or process.  In most cases,  a
       number  of  simplifications  are  made  to  the  model  to make simulation computationally
       tractable.

       Every model has a target system that it is attempting to  simulate.   The  first  step  in
       creating  a simulation model is to identify this target system and the level of detail and
       accuracy that the simulation is desired to reproduce.  In the case of a  logical  process,
       the  target  system  may be identified as ‘’TCP as defined by RFC 793.’’  In this case, it
       will probably be desirable to create a model that completely and faithfully reproduces RFC
       793.   In  the  case of a physical process this will not be possible. If, for example, you
       would like to simulate a wireless networking card, you may determine that you need,   ‘’an
       accurate  MAC-level  implementation  of  the  802.11  specification  and […] a not-so-slow
       PHY-level model of the 802.11a specification.’‘

       Once this is done, one can develop an abstract  model  of  the  target  system.   This  is
       typically  an exercise in managing the tradeoffs between complexity, resource requirements
       and accuracy.  The  process  of  developing  an  abstract  model  has  been  called  model
       qualification in the literature.  In the case of a TCP protocol, this process results in a
       design for a collection of objects, interactions and behaviors that will  fully  implement
       RFC  793  in  ns-3.  In the case of the wireless card, this process results in a number of
       tradeoffs to allow the physical layer to be simulated and the design of a  network  device
       and channel for ns-3, along with the desired objects, interactions and behaviors.

       This  abstract  model  is  then  developed into an ns-3 model that implements the abstract
       model as a computer program.  The process of getting the implementation to agree with  the
       abstract model is called model verification in the literature.

       The process so far is open loop. What remains is to make a determination that a given ns-3
       model has some connection to some reality – that a model is an accurate representation  of
       a real system, whether a logical process or a physical entity.

       If one is going to use a simulation model to try and predict how some real system is going
       to behave, there must be some reason to believe your results – i.e., can one trust that an
       inference  made  from  the model translates into a correct prediction for the real system.
       The process of getting the ns-3 model behavior to agree with  the  desired  target  system
       behavior  as  defined by the model qualification process is called model validation in the
       literature. In the case of a TCP implementation, you may want to compare the  behavior  of
       your  ns-3 TCP model to some reference implementation in order to validate your model.  In
       the case of a wireless physical layer simulation, you may want to compare the behavior  of
       your model to that of real hardware in a controlled setting,

       The  ns-3  testing  environment  provides  tools  to  allow  for both model validation and
       testing, and encourages the publication of validation results.

   Robustness
       Robustness is the quality of being able to withstand stresses, or changes in environments,
       inputs  or  calculations,  etc.  A system or design is ‘’robust’’ if it can deal with such
       changes with minimal loss of functionality.

       This kind of testing is usually done with a particular focus.  For example, the system  as
       a  whole  can  be  run  on many different system configurations to demonstrate that it can
       perform correctly in a large number of environments.

       The system can be also be stressed by operating close to or beyond capacity by  generating
       or  simulating  resource  exhaustion  of  various  kinds.  This genre of testing is called
       ‘’stress testing.’‘

       The system and its components may be exposed to so-called ‘’clean tests’’ that demonstrate
       a  positive  result  –  that  is that the system operates correctly in response to a large
       variation of expected configurations.

       The system and its components may also be exposed to ‘’dirty tests’’ which provide  inputs
       outside  the  expected  range.   For example, if a module expects a zero-terminated string
       representation of an integer, a dirty test might provide an unterminated string of  random
       characters  to verify that the system does not crash as a result of this unexpected input.
       Unfortunately, detecting such ‘’dirty’’ input and taking preventive measures to ensure the
       system  does  not fail catastrophically can require a huge amount of development overhead.
       In order to reduce development time, a decision was taken  early  on  in  the  project  to
       minimize  the amount of parameter validation and error handling in the ns-3 codebase.  For
       this reason, we do not spend much time on dirty  testing  –  it  would  just  uncover  the
       results of the design decision we know we took.

       We  do want to demonstrate that ns-3 software does work across some set of conditions.  We
       borrow a couple of definitions to narrow this down a bit.  The domain of applicability  is
       a  set  of  prescribed  conditions  for  which the model has been tested, compared against
       reality to the extent possible, and judged  suitable for use.  The range of accuracy is an
       agreement between the computerized model and reality within a domain of applicability.

       The  ns-3  testing  environment  provides  tools  to allow for setting up and running test
       environments over multiple systems (buildbot) and  provides  classes  to  encourage  clean
       tests  to verify the operation of the system over the expected ‘’domain of applicability’’
       and ‘’range of accuracy.’‘

   Performant
       Okay, ‘’performant’’ isn’t a real English word.  It is, however, a very concise  neologism
       that  is quite often used to describe what we want ns-3 to be: powerful and fast enough to
       get the job done.

       This is really about the broad subject of software performance testing.  One  of  the  key
       things  that  is  done  is  to  compare  two  systems  to  find  which performs better (cf
       benchmarks).  This is used to demonstrate that, for example, ns-3 can perform a basic kind
       of  simulation  at  least as fast as a competing tool, or can be used to identify parts of
       the system that perform badly.

       In the ns-3 test framework, we provide support for timing various kinds of tests.

   Maintainability
       A software product must be maintainable.  This is, again, a very broad  statement,  but  a
       testing  framework can help with the task.  Once a model has been developed, validated and
       verified, we can repeatedly execute the suite of tests for the  entire  system  to  ensure
       that it remains valid and verified over its lifetime.

       When  a  feature  stops functioning as intended after some kind of change to the system is
       integrated, it is  called  generically  a  regression.   Originally  the  term  regression
       referred  to  a  change  that  caused a previously fixed bug to reappear, but the term has
       evolved to describe any kind of change that breaks existing functionality.  There are many
       kinds of regressions that may occur in practice.

       A  local  regression is one in which a change affects the changed component directly.  For
       example, if a component is modified to allocate and free memory  but  stale  pointers  are
       used, the component itself fails.

       A  remote  regression  is  one  in which a change to one component breaks functionality in
       another component.  This reflects  violation  of  an  implied  but  possibly  unrecognized
       contract between components.

       An  unmasked  regression  is  one that creates a situation where a previously existing bug
       that had no affect is suddenly exposed in the system.  This may be as simple as exercising
       a code path for the first time.

       A  performance regression is one that causes the performance requirements of the system to
       be violated.  For example, doing some work in a low level function that  may  be  repeated
       large numbers of times may suddenly render the system unusable from certain perspectives.

       The  ns-3 testing framework provides tools for automating the process used to validate and
       verify the code in nightly test suites to help quickly identify possible regressions.

   Testing framework
       ns-3 consists of a simulation core engine, a set of models, example programs,  and  tests.
       Over time, new contributors contribute models, tests, and examples.  A Python test program
       test.py serves as the test execution manager; test.py can run test code  and  examples  to
       look  for  regressions, can output the results into a number of forms, and can manage code
       coverage analysis tools.  On top of this, we layer buildslaves that  are  automated  build
       robots  that perform robustness testing by running the test framework on different systems
       and with different configuration options.

   Buildslaves
       At the highest level of ns-3 testing are the  buildslaves  (build  robots).   If  you  are
       unfamiliar  with this system look at https://ns-buildmaster.ee.washington.edu:8010/.  This
       is an open-source automated system that allows ns-3 to be rebuilt and  tested  daily.   By
       running  the buildbots on a number of different systems we can ensure that ns-3 builds and
       executes properly on all of its supported systems.

       Users (and developers) typically will not interact with the buildslave system  other  than
       to  read  its  messages  regarding  test  results.  If a failure is detected in one of the
       automated build and test jobs, the buildbot will send an email to the  ns-commits  mailing
       list.  This email will look something like

       In  the  full  details  URL  shown  in  the email, one can find links to the detailed test
       output.

       The buildslave system will do its job quietly if there are no errors, and the system  will
       undergo build and test cycles every day to verify that all is well.

   Test.py
       The  buildbots  use  a Python program, test.py, that is responsible for running all of the
       tests and collecting the resulting reports into a human- readable form.  This  program  is
       also available for use by users and developers as well.

       test.py  is  very flexible in allowing the user to specify the number and kind of tests to
       run; and also the amount and kind of output to generate.

       Before running test.py, make sure that ns3’s examples and tests have been built  by  doing
       the following

          $ ./waf configure --enable-examples --enable-tests
          $ ./waf build

       By  default, test.py will run all available tests and report status back in a very concise
       form.  Running the command

          $ ./test.py

       will result in a number of PASS, FAIL, CRASH or SKIP indications followed by the  kind  of
       test that was run and its display name.

          Waf: Entering directory `/home/craigdo/repos/ns-3-allinone-test/ns-3-dev/build'
          Waf: Leaving directory `/home/craigdo/repos/ns-3-allinone-test/ns-3-dev/build'
          'build' finished successfully (0.939s)
          FAIL: TestSuite propagation-loss-model
          PASS: TestSuite object-name-service
          PASS: TestSuite pcap-file-object
          PASS: TestSuite ns3-tcp-cwnd
          ...
          PASS: TestSuite ns3-tcp-interoperability
          PASS: Example csma-broadcast
          PASS: Example csma-multicast

       This  mode  is  intended  to  be  used by users who are interested in determining if their
       distribution is working correctly, and by developers who are interested in determining  if
       changes they have made have caused any regressions.

       There  are  a  number of options available to control the behavior of test.py.  if you run
       test.py --help you should see a command summary like:

          Usage: test.py [options]

          Options:
            -h, --help            show this help message and exit
            -b BUILDPATH, --buildpath=BUILDPATH
                                  specify the path where ns-3 was built (defaults to the
                                  build directory for the current variant)
            -c KIND, --constrain=KIND
                                  constrain the test-runner by kind of test
            -e EXAMPLE, --example=EXAMPLE
                                  specify a single example to run (no relative path is
                                  needed)
            -d, --duration        print the duration of each test suite and example
            -e EXAMPLE, --example=EXAMPLE
                                  specify a single example to run (no relative path is
                                  needed)
            -u, --update-data     If examples use reference data files, get them to re-
                                  generate them
            -f FULLNESS, --fullness=FULLNESS
                                  choose the duration of tests to run: QUICK, EXTENSIVE,
                                  or TAKES_FOREVER, where EXTENSIVE includes QUICK and
                                  TAKES_FOREVER includes QUICK and EXTENSIVE (only QUICK
                                  tests are run by default)
            -g, --grind           run the test suites and examples using valgrind
            -k, --kinds           print the kinds of tests available
            -l, --list            print the list of known tests
            -m, --multiple        report multiple failures from test suites and test
                                  cases
            -n, --nowaf           do not run waf before starting testing
            -p PYEXAMPLE, --pyexample=PYEXAMPLE
                                  specify a single python example to run (with relative
                                  path)
            -r, --retain          retain all temporary files (which are normally
                                  deleted)
            -s TEST-SUITE, --suite=TEST-SUITE
                                  specify a single test suite to run
            -t TEXT-FILE, --text=TEXT-FILE
                                  write detailed test results into TEXT-FILE.txt
            -v, --verbose         print progress and informational messages
            -w HTML-FILE, --web=HTML-FILE, --html=HTML-FILE
                                  write detailed test results into HTML-FILE.html
            -x XML-FILE, --xml=XML-FILE
                                  write detailed test results into XML-FILE.xml

       If one specifies an optional output style, one can generate detailed descriptions  of  the
       tests and status.  Available styles are text and HTML.  The buildbots will select the HTML
       option to generate HTML test reports for the nightly builds using

          $ ./test.py --html=nightly.html

       In this case, an HTML file named ‘’nightly.html’’ would be created with a  pretty  summary
       of the testing done.  A ‘’human readable’’ format is available for users interested in the
       details.

          $ ./test.py --text=results.txt

       In the example above, the test suite checking the ns-3 wireless  device  propagation  loss
       models failed.  By default no further information is provided.

       To  further  explore  the  failure,  test.py  allows  a single test suite to be specified.
       Running the command

          $ ./test.py --suite=propagation-loss-model

       or equivalently

          $ ./test.py -s propagation-loss-model

       results in that single test suite being run.

          FAIL: TestSuite propagation-loss-model

       To find detailed information regarding the failure, one must specify the  kind  of  output
       desired.  For example, most people will probably be interested in a text file:

          $ ./test.py --suite=propagation-loss-model --text=results.txt

       This  will  result in that single test suite being run with the test status written to the
       file ‘’results.txt’‘.

       You should find something similar to the following in that file

          FAIL: Test Suite ''propagation-loss-model'' (real 0.02 user 0.01 system 0.00)
          PASS: Test Case "Check ... Friis ... model ..." (real 0.01 user 0.00 system 0.00)
          FAIL: Test Case "Check ... Log Distance ... model" (real 0.01 user 0.01 system 0.00)
            Details:
              Message:   Got unexpected SNR value
              Condition: [long description of what actually failed]
              Actual:    176.395
              Limit:     176.407 +- 0.0005
              File:      ../src/test/ns3wifi/propagation-loss-models-test-suite.cc
              Line:      360

       Notice that the Test Suite is composed of two Test Cases.  The first test case checked the
       Friis  propagation  loss  model  and passed.  The second test case failed checking the Log
       Distance propagation model.  In this case, an SNR of  176.395  was  found,  and  the  test
       expected  a  value of 176.407 correct to three decimal places.  The file which implemented
       the failing test is listed as well as the line of code which triggered the failure.

       If you desire, you could just as easily have written an HTML file using the --html  option
       as described above.

       Typically  a  user  will run all tests at least once after downloading ns-3 to ensure that
       his or her environment  has  been  built  correctly  and  is  generating  correct  results
       according  to  the  test suites.  Developers will typically run the test suites before and
       after making a change to ensure that they have not  introduced  a  regression  with  their
       changes.   In this case, developers may not want to run all tests, but only a subset.  For
       example, the developer might only want to run the unit  tests  periodically  while  making
       changes  to  a  repository.   In  this case, test.py can be told to constrain the types of
       tests being run to a particular class of tests.  The following command will result in only
       the unit tests being run:

          $ ./test.py --constrain=unit

       Similarly, the following command will result in only the example smoke tests being run:

          $ ./test.py --constrain=unit

       To  see a quick list of the legal kinds of constraints, you can ask for them to be listed.
       The following command

          $ ./test.py --kinds

       will result in the following list being displayed:

          Waf: Entering directory `/home/craigdo/repos/ns-3-allinone-test/ns-3-dev/build'
          Waf: Leaving directory `/home/craigdo/repos/ns-3-allinone-test/ns-3-dev/build'
          'build' finished successfully (0.939s)Waf: Entering directory `/home/craigdo/repos/ns-3-allinone-test/ns-3-dev/build'
          bvt:         Build Verification Tests (to see if build completed successfully)
          core:        Run all TestSuite-based tests (exclude examples)
          example:     Examples (to see if example programs run successfully)
          performance: Performance Tests (check to see if the system is as fast as expected)
          system:      System Tests (spans modules to check integration of modules)
          unit:        Unit Tests (within modules to check basic functionality)

       Any of these kinds of test can be provided as a constraint using the --constraint option.

       To see a quick list of all of the test suites available,  you  can  ask  for  them  to  be
       listed.  The following command,

          $ ./test.py --list

       will result in a list of the test suite being displayed, similar to

          Waf: Entering directory `/home/craigdo/repos/ns-3-allinone-test/ns-3-dev/build'
          Waf: Leaving directory `/home/craigdo/repos/ns-3-allinone-test/ns-3-dev/build'
          'build' finished successfully (0.939s)

          Test Type    Test Name
          ---------    ---------
          performance  many-uniform-random-variables-one-get-value-call
          performance  one-uniform-random-variable-many-get-value-calls
          performance  type-id-perf
          system       buildings-pathloss-test
          system       buildings-shadowing-test
          system       devices-mesh-dot11s-regression
          system       devices-mesh-flame-regression
          system       epc-gtpu
          ...
          unit         wimax-phy-layer
          unit         wimax-service-flow
          unit         wimax-ss-mac-layer
          unit         wimax-tlv
          example      adhoc-aloha-ideal-phy
          example      adhoc-aloha-ideal-phy-matrix-propagation-loss-model
          example      adhoc-aloha-ideal-phy-with-microwave-oven
          example      aodv
          ...

       Any of these listed suites can be selected to be run by itself using the --suite option as
       shown above.  Examples are handled differently.

       Similarly to test suites, one can run a single C++ example  program  using  the  --example
       option.  Note that the relative path for the example does not need to be included and that
       the executables built for C++ examples do not have extensions.  Furthermore,  the  example
       must  be registered as an example to the test framework; it is not sufficient to create an
       example and run it through test.py; it must be added to  the  relevant  examples-to-run.py
       file, explained below.  Entering

          $ ./test.py --example=udp-echo

       results in that single example being run.

          PASS: Example examples/udp/udp-echo

       You  can  specify  the  directory  where  ns-3  was  built using the --buildpath option as
       follows.

          $ ./test.py --buildpath=/home/craigdo/repos/ns-3-allinone-test/ns-3-dev/build/debug --example=wifi-simple-adhoc

       One can run a single Python example program using the --pyexample option.  Note  that  the
       relative  path  for  the  example  must be included and that Python examples do need their
       extensions.  Entering

          $ ./test.py --pyexample=examples/tutorial/first.py

       results in that single example being run.

          PASS: Example examples/tutorial/first.py

       Because Python examples are not built, you do not need to specify the directory where ns-3
       was built to run them.

       Normally when example programs are executed, they write a large amount of trace file data.
       This  is  normally  saved   to   the   base   directory   of   the   distribution   (e.g.,
       /home/user/ns-3-dev).   When  test.py runs an example, it really is completely unconcerned
       with the trace files.  It just wants to to determine if the example can be built  and  run
       without   error.    Since   this  is  the  case,  the  trace  files  are  written  into  a
       /tmp/unchecked-traces directory.  If you run the above example, you should be able to find
       the associated udp-echo.tr and udp-echo-n-1.pcap files there.

       The list of available examples is defined by the contents of the ‘’examples’’ directory in
       the distribution.  If you select an example for  execution  using  the  --example  option,
       test.py  will not make any attempt to decide if the example has been configured or not, it
       will just try to run it and report the result of the attempt.

       When test.py runs, by default it will first ensure that the  system  has  been  completely
       built.  This can be defeated by selecting the --nowaf option.

          $ ./test.py --list --nowaf

       will result in a list of the currently built test suites being displayed, similar to:

          propagation-loss-model
          ns3-tcp-cwnd
          ns3-tcp-interoperability
          pcap-file
          object-name-service
          random-variable-stream-generators

       Note the absence of the Waf build messages.

       test.py  also supports running the test suites and examples under valgrind.  Valgrind is a
       flexible program for debugging and profiling Linux executables.  By default, valgrind runs
       a  tool  called  memcheck, which performs a range of memory- checking functions, including
       detecting accesses to uninitialised memory, misuse  of  allocated  memory  (double  frees,
       access  after  free,  etc.) and detecting memory leaks.  This can be selected by using the
       --grind option.

          $ ./test.py --grind

       As it runs, test.py and the programs that it runs indirectly, generate  large  numbers  of
       temporary  files.  Usually, the content of these files is not interesting, however in some
       cases it can be useful (for debugging purposes) to view these files.  test.py  provides  a
       --retain  option  which  will  cause  these  temporary  files  to be kept after the run is
       completed.  The files are saved in a directory named testpy-output  under  a  subdirectory
       named  according  to  the current Coordinated Universal Time (also known as Greenwich Mean
       Time).

          $ ./test.py --retain

       Finally, test.py provides a --verbose option which will print large amounts of information
       about  its progress.  It is not expected that this will be terribly useful unless there is
       an error.  In this case, you can get access to the  standard  output  and  standard  error
       reported by running test suites and examples.  Select verbose in the following way:

          $ ./test.py --verbose

       All  of  these options can be mixed and matched.  For example, to run all of the ns-3 core
       test suites under valgrind, in verbose mode, while generating an  HTML  output  file,  one
       would do:

          $ ./test.py --verbose --grind --constrain=core --html=results.html

   TestTaxonomy
       As  mentioned above, tests are grouped into a number of broadly defined classifications to
       allow users to selectively run tests to address the different kinds of testing  that  need
       to be done.

       · Build Verification Tests

       · Unit Tests

       · System Tests

       · Examples

       · Performance Tests

       Moreover, each test is further classified according to the expected time needed to run it.
       Tests are classified as:

       · QUICK

       · EXTENSIVE

       · TAKES_FOREVER

       Note that specifying EXTENSIVE fullness will also run tests in QUICK category.  Specifying
       TAKES_FOREVER  will  run  tests in EXTENSIVE and QUICK categories.  By default, only QUICK
       tests are ran.

       As a rule of thumb, tests that must be run to ensure ns-3 coherence should be QUICK (i.e.,
       take  a  few  seconds).  Tests that could be skipped, but are nice to do can be EXTENSIVE;
       these are tests that typically need minutes. TAKES_FOREVER is left for tests that  take  a
       really  long time, in the order of several minutes.  The main classification goal is to be
       able to run the buildbots in a  reasonable  time,  and  still  be  able  to  perform  more
       extensive tests when needed.

   BuildVerificationTests
       These  are relatively simple tests that are built along with the distribution and are used
       to make sure that the build is pretty much working.  Our current unit tests  live  in  the
       source  files  of  the  code they test and are built into the ns-3 modules; and so fit the
       description of BVTs.  BVTs live in the same source code that is built into the ns-3  code.
       Our current tests are examples of this kind of test.

   Unit Tests
       Unit  tests  are more involved tests that go into detail to make sure that a piece of code
       works as advertised in isolation.  There is really no reason for this kind of test  to  be
       built  into an ns-3 module.  It turns out, for example, that the unit tests for the object
       name service are about the same size as the object name service code itself.   Unit  tests
       are  tests that check a single bit of functionality that are not built into the ns-3 code,
       but live in the same directory as the code it tests.  It  is  possible  that  these  tests
       check  integration  of  multiple  implementation  files  in  a  module  as well.  The file
       src/core/test/names-test-suite.cc  is  an  example  of  this  kind  of  test.   The   file
       src/network/test/pcap-file-test-suite.cc  is  another  example that uses a known good pcap
       file as a test vector file.  This file is stored locally in the src/network directory.

   System Tests
       System tests are those that involve more than one module in the system.  We have  lots  of
       this  kind  of  test  running  in our current regression framework, but they are typically
       overloaded examples.  We provide a new place for  this  kind  of  test  in  the  directory
       src/test.   The  file src/test/ns3tcp/ns3-interop-test-suite.cc is an example of this kind
       of test.  It uses NSC TCP to test the ns-3 TCP implementation.  Often there will  be  test
       vectors  required  for  this  kind of test, and they are stored in the directory where the
       test lives.  For example, ns3tcp-interop-response-vectors.pcap is a file consisting  of  a
       number  of  TCP headers that are used as the expected responses of the ns-3 TCP under test
       to a stimulus generated by the NSC TCP which is used as a ‘’known good’’ implementation.

   Examples
       The examples are tested by the framework to make sure they built and will run.  Nothing is
       checked,  and currently the pcap files are just written off into /tmp to be discarded.  If
       the examples run (don’t crash) they pass this smoke test.

   Performance Tests
       Performance tests are those which exercise a particular part of the system  and  determine
       if the tests have executed to completion in a reasonable time.

   Running Tests
       Tests  are  typically  run  using  the  high  level  test.py program. To get a list of the
       available command-line options, run test.py --help

       The test program test.py will run both tests and those examples that have  been  added  to
       the  list  to  check.   The  difference  between  tests and examples is as follows.  Tests
       generally check that specific simulation output or events conforms to  expected  behavior.
       In contrast, the output of examples is not checked, and the test program merely checks the
       exit status of the example program to make sure that it runs without error.

       Briefly, to run all tests, first one must configure tests during configuration stage,  and
       also (optionally) examples if examples are to be checked:

          $ ./waf --configure --enable-examples --enable-tests

       Then,  build ns-3, and after it is built, just run test.py.  test.py -h will show a number
       of configuration options that modify the behavior of test.py.

       The program test.py invokes, for C++ tests and examples, a lower-level C++ program  called
       test-runner  to  actually  run  the  tests.  As discussed below, this test-runner can be a
       helpful way to debug tests.

   Debugging Tests
       The debugging of the test programs is best performed  running  the  low-level  test-runner
       program.  The  test-runner  is  the  bridge  from  generic Python code to ns-3 code. It is
       written in C++ and uses the automatic test discovery process in the ns-3 code to find  and
       allow execution of all of the various tests.

       The  main  reason  why test.py is not suitable for debugging is that it is not allowed for
       logging to be turned on using the NS_LOG environmental variable when test.py  runs.   This
       limitation does not apply to the test-runner executable. Hence, if you want to see logging
       output from your tests, you have to run them using the test-runner directly.

       In order to execute the test-runner, you run it like any other  ns-3  executable  –  using
       waf.  To get a list of available options, you can type:

          $ ./waf --run "test-runner --help"

       You should see something like the following

          Usage: /home/craigdo/repos/ns-3-allinone-test/ns-3-dev/build/utils/ns3-dev-test-runner-debug [OPTIONS]

          Options:
          --help                 : print these options
          --print-test-name-list : print the list of names of tests available
          --list                 : an alias for --print-test-name-list
          --print-test-types     : print the type of tests along with their names
          --print-test-type-list : print the list of types of tests available
          --print-temp-dir       : print name of temporary directory before running
                                   the tests
          --test-type=TYPE       : process only tests of type TYPE
          --test-name=NAME       : process only test whose name matches NAME
          --suite=NAME           : an alias (here for compatibility reasons only)
                                   for --test-name=NAME
          --assert-on-failure    : when a test fails, crash immediately (useful
                                   when running under a debugger
          --stop-on-failure      : when a test fails, stop immediately
          --fullness=FULLNESS    : choose the duration of tests to run: QUICK,
                                   EXTENSIVE, or TAKES_FOREVER, where EXTENSIVE
                                   includes QUICK and TAKES_FOREVER includes
                                   QUICK and EXTENSIVE (only QUICK tests are
                                   run by default)
          --verbose              : print details of test execution
          --xml                  : format test run output as xml
          --tempdir=DIR          : set temp dir for tests to store output files
          --datadir=DIR          : set data dir for tests to read reference files
          --out=FILE             : send test result to FILE instead of standard output
          --append=FILE          : append test result to FILE instead of standard output

       There  are  a  number of things available to you which will be familiar to you if you have
       looked at test.py.  This should be expected since the test- runner is  just  an  interface
       between  test.py and ns-3.  You may notice that example-related commands are missing here.
       That is because the examples are really not ns-3 tests.  test.py runs them as if they were
       to present a unified testing environment, but they are really completely different and not
       to be found here.

       The first new option that appears here, but not  in  test.py  is  the  --assert-on-failure
       option.   This  option  is useful when debugging a test case when running under a debugger
       like gdb.  When  selected,  this  option  tells  the  underlying  test  case  to  cause  a
       segmentation  violation if an error is detected.  This has the nice side-effect of causing
       program execution to stop (break into the debugger) when an error is detected.  If you are
       using gdb, you could use this option something like,

          $ ./waf shell
          $ cd build/utils
          $ gdb ns3-dev-test-runner-debug
          $ run --suite=global-value --assert-on-failure

       If  an  error  is then found in the global-value test suite, a segfault would be generated
       and the (source level) debugger would stop at the  NS_TEST_ASSERT_MSG  that  detected  the
       error.

       To  run one of the tests directly from the test-runner using waf, you will need to specify
       the test suite to run.  So you could use the shell and do:

          $ ./waf --run "test-runner --suite=pcap-file"

       ns-3 logging is available when you run it this way, such as:
          $ NS_LOG=”Packet” ./waf –run “test-runner –suite=pcap-file”

   Test output
       Many test suites need to write temporary files (such as pcap  files)  in  the  process  of
       running  the  tests.   The  tests then need a temporary directory to write to.  The Python
       test utility (test.py) will provide a temporary file automatically, but if run stand-alone
       this  temporary  directory  must  be  provided.  It can be annoying to continually have to
       provide a --tempdir, so the test runner will figure one out for you if you  don’t  provide
       one.   It  first  looks  for  environment variables named TMP and TEMP and uses those.  If
       neither TMP nor TEMP are defined it picks /tmp.  The code  then  tacks  on  an  identifier
       indicating  what created the directory (ns-3) then the time (hh.mm.ss) followed by a large
       random number.  The test runner creates a directory  of  that  name  to  be  used  as  the
       temporary  directory.   Temporary  files  then  go  into  a  directory  that will be named
       something like

          /tmp/ns-3.10.25.37.61537845

       The time is provided as a  hint  so  that  you  can  relatively  easily  reconstruct  what
       directory  was  used if you need to go back and look at the files that were placed in that
       directory.

       Another class of output is test output like pcap traces that are generated to  compare  to
       reference  output.  The test program will typically delete these after the test suites all
       run.  To disable the deletion of test output, run test.py with the “retain” option:

          $ ./test.py -r

       and test output can be found in the testpy-output/ directory.

   Reporting of test failures
       When you run a test suite using the test-runner it will run the test and  report  PASS  or
       FAIL.   To  run  more  quietly, you need to specify an output file to which the tests will
       write their status using the --out option.  Try,

          $ ./waf --run "test-runner --suite=pcap-file --out=myfile.txt"

   Debugging test suite failures
       To debug test crashes, such as

          CRASH: TestSuite ns3-wifi-interference

       You can access the underlying test-runner program via gdb as follows, and  then  pass  the
       “–basedir=`pwd`” argument to run (you can also pass other arguments as needed, but basedir
       is the minimum needed):

          $ ./waf --command-template="gdb %s" --run "test-runner"
          Waf: Entering directory `/home/tomh/hg/sep09/ns-3-allinone/ns-3-dev-678/build'
          Waf: Leaving directory `/home/tomh/hg/sep09/ns-3-allinone/ns-3-dev-678/build'
          'build' finished successfully (0.380s)
          GNU gdb 6.8-debian
          Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
          L cense GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
          This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
          There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.  Type "show copying"
          and "show warranty" for details.
          This GDB was configured as "x86_64-linux-gnu"...
          (gdb) r --suite=
          Starting program: <..>/build/utils/ns3-dev-test-runner-debug --suite=ns3-wifi-interference
          [Thread debugging using libthread_db enabled]
          assert failed. file=../src/core/model/type-id.cc, line=138, cond="uid <= m_information.size () && uid != 0"
          ...

       Here is another example of how to use valgrind to debug a memory problem such as:

          VALGR: TestSuite devices-mesh-dot11s-regression

          $ ./waf --command-template="valgrind %s --suite=devices-mesh-dot11s-regression" --run test-runner

   Class TestRunner
       The executables that run dedicated test programs  use  a  TestRunner  class.   This  class
       provides  for  automatic  test  registration  and listing, as well as a way to execute the
       individual tests.  Individual test suites use C++ global constructors to add themselves to
       a  collection  of test suites managed by the test runner.  The test runner is used to list
       all of the available tests and to select a test to be run.  This is a quite  simple  class
       that  provides  three  static  methods  to  provide or Adding and Getting test suites to a
       collection of tests.  See the doxygen for class ns3::TestRunner for details.

   Test Suite
       All ns-3 tests are classified into Test  Suites  and  Test  Cases.   A  test  suite  is  a
       collection  of  test  cases  that  completely  exercise a given kind of functionality.  As
       described above, test suites can be classified as,

       · Build Verification Tests

       · Unit Tests

       · System Tests

       · Examples

       · Performance Tests

       This classification is exported from the TestSuite class.  This  class  is  quite  simple,
       existing  only  as  a place to export this type and to accumulate test cases.  From a user
       perspective, in order to create a new TestSuite in the system one only has to define a new
       class that inherits from class TestSuite and perform these two duties.

       The  following  code will define a new class that can be run by test.py as a ‘’unit’’ test
       with the display name, my-test-suite-name.

          class MySuite : public TestSuite
          {
          public:
            MyTestSuite ();
          };

          MyTestSuite::MyTestSuite ()
            : TestSuite ("my-test-suite-name", UNIT)
          {
            AddTestCase (new MyTestCase, TestCase::QUICK);
          }

          static MyTestSuite myTestSuite;

       The base class takes care of all of the registration and reporting required to be  a  good
       citizen in the test framework.

       Avoid putting initialization logic into the test suite or test case constructors.  This is
       because an instance of the test suite is created at run time (due to the  static  variable
       above) regardless of whether the test is being run or not.  Instead, the TestCase provides
       a virtual DoSetup method that can be specialized to perform setup before DoRun is called.

   Test Case
       Individual tests are created using a TestCase class.  Common models for the use of a  test
       case  include  “one  test  case per feature”, and “one test case per method.”  Mixtures of
       these models may be used.

       In order to create a new test case in the system, all one has to do is to inherit from the
       TestCase  base  class,  override the constructor to give the test case a name and override
       the DoRun method to run the test.  Optionally, override also the DoSetup method.

          class MyTestCase : public TestCase
          {
            MyTestCase ();
            virtual void DoSetup (void);
            virtual void DoRun (void);
          };

          MyTestCase::MyTestCase ()
            : TestCase ("Check some bit of functionality")
          {
          }

          void
          MyTestCase::DoRun (void)
          {
            NS_TEST_ASSERT_MSG_EQ (true, true, "Some failure message");
          }

   Utilities
       There are a number of utilities of various  kinds  that  are  also  part  of  the  testing
       framework.   Examples  include  a generalized pcap file useful for storing test vectors; a
       generic container useful for transient storage of test vectors during test execution;  and
       tools for generating presentations based on validation and verification testing results.

       These  utilities  are  not  documented here, but for example, please see how the TCP tests
       found in src/test/ns3tcp/ use pcap files and reference output.

   How to write tests
       A primary goal of the  ns-3  project  is  to  help  users  to  improve  the  validity  and
       credibility  of  their  results.   There  are  many elements to obtaining valid models and
       simulations, and testing is a major component.  If you contribute models  or  examples  to
       ns-3,  you  may be asked to contribute test code.  Models that you contribute will be used
       for many years by other people, who probably have no idea upon first  glance  whether  the
       model  is  correct.  The test code that you write for your model will help to avoid future
       regressions in the output and will aid future users in understanding the verification  and
       bounds of applicability of your models.

       There  are  many  ways  to  verify  the  correctness of a model’s implementation.  In this
       section, we hope to cover some common cases that can be used as a  guide  to  writing  new
       tests.

   Sample TestSuite skeleton
       When  starting  from  scratch (i.e. not adding a TestCase to an existing TestSuite), these
       things need to be decided up front:

       · What the test suite will be called

       · What type of test it will be (Build  Verification  Test,  Unit  Test,  System  Test,  or
         Performance Test)

       · Where  the  test  code  will  live  (either  in an existing ns-3 module or separately in
         src/test/ directory).  You will have to edit the  wscript  file  in  that  directory  to
         compile your new code, if it is a new file.

       A  program  called  src/create-module.py  is  a  good starting point.  This program can be
       invoked such as create-module.py router for a hypothetical new module called router.  Once
       you  do this, you will see a router directory, and a test/router-test-suite.cc test suite.
       This file can be a starting point for your initial test.  This is a  working  test  suite,
       although  the  actual  tests  performed  are  trivial.  Copy it over to your module’s test
       directory, and do a global substitution of “Router” in that file for something  pertaining
       to  the  model that you want to test.  You can also edit things such as a more descriptive
       test case name.

       You also need to add a block into your wscript to get this test to compile:

          module_test.source = [
              'test/router-test-suite.cc',
              ]

       Before you actually start making this do useful things, it may help  to  try  to  run  the
       skeleton.  Make sure that ns-3 has been configured with the “–enable-tests” option.  Let’s
       assume that your new test suite is called “router” such as here:

          RouterTestSuite::RouterTestSuite ()
            : TestSuite ("router", UNIT)

       Try this command:

          $ ./test.py -s router

       Output such as below should be produced:

          PASS: TestSuite router
          1 of 1 tests passed (1 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

       See src/lte/test/test-lte-antenna.cc for a worked example.

   Test macros
       There are a number of macros available for checking  test  program  output  with  expected
       output.  These macros are defined in src/core/model/test.h.

       The main set of macros that are used include the following:

          NS_TEST_ASSERT_MSG_EQ(actual, limit, msg)
          NS_TEST_ASSERT_MSG_NE(actual, limit, msg)
          NS_TEST_ASSERT_MSG_LT(actual, limit, msg)
          NS_TEST_ASSERT_MSG_GT(actual, limit, msg)
          NS_TEST_ASSERT_MSG_EQ_TOL(actual, limit, tol, msg)

       The  first argument actual is the value under test, the second value limit is the expected
       value (or the value to test against), and the last argument msg is the  error  message  to
       print out if the test fails.

       The  first  four  macros  above test for equality, inequality, less than, or greater than,
       respectively.  The fifth macro above tests for equality, but within a  certain  tolerance.
       This  variant  is useful when testing floating point numbers for equality against a limit,
       where you want to avoid a test failure due to rounding errors.

       Finally, there are variants of the above where the keyword ASSERT is replaced  by  EXPECT.
       These  variants are designed specially for use in methods (especially callbacks) returning
       void.  Reserve their use for callbacks that you use in your test programs; otherwise,  use
       the ASSERT variants.

   How to add an example program to the test suite
       One  can  “smoke  test”  that examples compile and run successfully to completion (without
       memory leaks) using the examples-to-run.py script located in your module’s test directory.
       Briefly,  by  including an instance of this file in your test directory, you can cause the
       test runner to execute the examples listed.  It is usually best  to  make  sure  that  you
       select examples that have reasonably short run times so as to not bog down the tests.  See
       the example in src/lte/test/ directory.

   Testing for boolean outcomes
   Testing outcomes when randomness is involved
   Testing output data against a known distribution
   Providing non-trivial input vectors of data
   Storing and referencing non-trivial output data
   Presenting your output test data

SUPPORT

   Creating a new ns-3 model
       This chapter walks through the design process of an ns-3 model.  In many  research  cases,
       users  will  not  be satisfied to merely adapt existing models, but may want to extend the
       core of the simulator in a novel way. We will use the example of adding an ErrorModel to a
       simple  ns-3  link  as  a  motivating  example  of how one might approach this problem and
       proceed through a design and implementation.

       NOTE:
          Documentation

          Here we focus on the process of creating new models and new modules, and  some  of  the
          design choices involved.  For the sake of clarity, we defer discussion of the mechanics
          of documenting models and source code to the Documentation chapter.

   Design Approach
       Consider how you want it to work; what should it do. Think about these things:

       · functionality:  What functionality should it have?  What attributes or configuration  is
         exposed to the user?

       · reusability:   How much should others be able to reuse my design?  Can I reuse code from
         ns-2 to get started?  How does a user integrate the  model  with  the  rest  of  another
         simulation?

       · dependencies:   How can I reduce the introduction of outside dependencies on my new code
         as much as possible (to make it  more  modular)?   For  instance,  should  I  avoid  any
         dependence  on IPv4 if I want it to also be used by IPv6?  Should I avoid any dependency
         on IP at all?

       Do not be hesitant to contact the ns-3-users or ns-developers list if you have  questions.
       In particular, it is important to think about the public API of your new model and ask for
       feedback. It also helps to let others know of your work in  case  you  are  interested  in
       collaborators.

   Example: ErrorModel
       An  error  model  exists in ns-2. It allows packets to be passed to a stateful object that
       determines, based on a random variable, whether the packet is corrupted.  The  caller  can
       then decide what to do with the packet (drop it, etc.).

       The main API of the error model is a function to pass a packet to, and the return value of
       this function is a boolean that tells the caller whether any  corruption  occurred.   Note
       that  depending  on  the  error model, the packet data buffer may or may not be corrupted.
       Let’s call this function “IsCorrupt()”.

       So far, in our design, we have:

          class ErrorModel
          {
          public:
           /**
            * \returns true if the Packet is to be considered as errored/corrupted
            * \param pkt Packet to apply error model to
            */
            bool IsCorrupt (Ptr<Packet> pkt);
          };

       Note that we do not pass a const pointer, thereby allowing  the  function  to  modify  the
       packet  if IsCorrupt() returns true. Not all error models will actually modify the packet;
       whether or not the packet data buffer is corrupted should be documented.

       We may also want specialized versions of this, such as in ns-2, so although it is not  the
       only  design  choice  for  polymorphism,  we  assume  that  we  will subclass a base class
       ErrorModel for specialized classes, such as RateErrorModel, ListErrorModel, etc,  such  as
       is done in ns-2.

       You  may be thinking at this point, “Why not make IsCorrupt() a virtual method?”.  That is
       one approach; the other is to make the public  non-virtual  function  indirect  through  a
       private  virtual  function (this in C++ is known as the non virtual interface idiom and is
       adopted in the ns-3 ErrorModel class).

       Next, should this device have any dependencies on IP or other protocols?  We do  not  want
       to  create  dependencies  on  Internet  protocols (the error model should be applicable to
       non-Internet protocols too), so we’ll keep that in mind later.

       Another consideration is how objects will include this error model.  We  envision  putting
       an explicit setter in certain NetDevice implementations, for example.:

          /**
           * Attach a receive ErrorModel to the PointToPointNetDevice.
           *
           * The PointToPointNetDevice may optionally include an ErrorModel in
           * the packet receive chain.
           *
           * @see ErrorModel
           * @param em Ptr to the ErrorModel.
           */
          void PointToPointNetDevice::SetReceiveErrorModel(Ptr<ErrorModel> em);

       Again,  this  is  not the only choice we have (error models could be aggregated to lots of
       other objects), but it satisfies our primary use case, which is to allow a user  to  force
       errors on otherwise successful packet transmissions, at the NetDevice level.

       After  some  thinking  and  looking  at existing ns-2 code, here is a sample API of a base
       class and first subclass that could be posted for initial review:

          class ErrorModel
          {
          public:
            ErrorModel ();
            virtual ~ErrorModel ();
            bool IsCorrupt (Ptr<Packet> pkt);
            void Reset (void);
            void Enable (void);
            void Disable (void);
            bool IsEnabled (void) const;
          private:
            virtual bool DoCorrupt (Ptr<Packet> pkt) = 0;
            virtual void DoReset (void) = 0;
          };

          enum ErrorUnit
            {
              EU_BIT,
              EU_BYTE,
              EU_PKT
            };

          // Determine which packets are errored corresponding to an underlying
          // random variable distribution, an error rate, and unit for the rate.
          class RateErrorModel : public ErrorModel
          {
          public:
            RateErrorModel ();
            virtual ~RateErrorModel ();
            enum ErrorUnit GetUnit (void) const;
            void SetUnit (enum ErrorUnit error_unit);
            double GetRate (void) const;
            void SetRate (double rate);
            void SetRandomVariable (const RandomVariable &ranvar);
          private:
            virtual bool DoCorrupt (Ptr<Packet> pkt);
            virtual void DoReset (void);
          };

   Scaffolding
       Let’s say that you are ready to start implementing; you have a  fairly  clear  picture  of
       what you want to build, and you may have solicited some initial review or suggestions from
       the list.  One way to approach the next step (implementation) is to create scaffolding and
       fill in the details as the design matures.

       This section walks through many of the steps you should consider to define scaffolding, or
       a non-functional skeleton of what your model will eventually implement. It is usually good
       practice  to  not  wait to get these details integrated at the end, but instead to plumb a
       skeleton of your model into the system early and then add functions later once the API and
       integration seems about right.

       Note  that  you  will want to modify a few things in the below presentation for your model
       since if you follow the error model verbatim, the code you produce will collide  with  the
       existing  error  model.  The below is just an outline of how ErrorModel was built that you
       can adapt to other models.

   Review the ns-3 Coding Style Document
       At this point, you may want to pause and read the ns-3 coding style  document,  especially
       if  you  are  considering  to  contribute your code back to the project.  The coding style
       document is linked off the main project page: ns-3 coding style.

   Decide Where in the Source Tree the Model Should Reside
       All of the ns-3 model source code is in the directory src/.  You will need to choose which
       subdirectory it resides in. If it is new model code of some sort, it makes sense to put it
       into the src/ directory somewhere, particularly for ease of  integrating  with  the  build
       system.

       In  the case of the error model, it is very related to the packet class, so it makes sense
       to implement this in the src/network/ module where ns-3 packets are implemented.

   waf and wscript
       ns-3 uses the Waf build system.  You will want to integrate your new  ns-3  uses  the  Waf
       build  system.  You  will  want  to integrate your new source files into this system. This
       requires that you add your files to the wscript file found in each directory.

       Let’s  start  with  empty  files  error-model.h  and  error-model.cc,  and  add  this   to
       src/network/wscript.  It is really just a matter of adding the .cc file to the rest of the
       source files, and the .h file to the list of the header files.

       Now, pop up to the top level directory and type “./test.py”.  You  shouldn’t  have  broken
       anything by this operation.

   Include Guards
       Next, let’s add some include guards in our header file.:

          #ifndef ERROR_MODEL_H
          #define ERROR_MODEL_H
          ...
          #endif

   namespace ns3
       ns-3  uses  the  ns-3 namespace to isolate its symbols from other namespaces. Typically, a
       user will next put an ns-3 namespace block in both the cc and h file.:

          namespace ns3 {
          ...
          }

       At this point, we have some skeletal files in which we can start defining our new classes.
       The header file looks like this:

          #ifndef ERROR_MODEL_H
          #define ERROR_MODEL_H

          namespace ns3 {

          } // namespace ns3
          #endif

       while the error-model.cc file simply looks like this:

          #include "error-model.h"

          namespace ns3 {

          } // namespace ns3

       These  files should compile since they don’t really have any contents.  We’re now ready to
       start adding classes.

   Initial Implementation
       At this point, we’re still working on some scaffolding, but we can  begin  to  define  our
       classes, with the functionality to be added later.

   Inherit from the Object Class?
       This is an important design step; whether to use class Object as a base class for your new
       classes.

       As described in the chapter on the ns-3 Object-model,  classes  that  inherit  from  class
       Object get special properties:

       · the ns-3 type and attribute system (see Attributes)

       · an object aggregation system

       · a smart-pointer reference counting system (class Ptr)

       Classes  that derive from class ObjectBase} get the first two properties above, but do not
       get smart pointers. Classes that derive from class RefCountBase get only the smart-pointer
       reference counting system.

       In  practice,  class Object is the variant of the three above that the ns-3 developer will
       most commonly encounter.

       In our case, we want to make use of the attribute system, and we will be passing instances
       of this object across the ns-3 public API, so class Object is appropriate for us.

   Initial Classes
       One way to proceed is to start by defining the bare minimum functions and see if they will
       compile. Let’s review what all is needed to implement when we derive from class Object.:

          #ifndef ERROR_MODEL_H
          #define ERROR_MODEL_H

          #include "ns3/object.h"

          namespace ns3 {

          class ErrorModel : public Object
          {
          public:
            static TypeId GetTypeId (void);

            ErrorModel ();
            virtual ~ErrorModel ();
          };

          class RateErrorModel : public ErrorModel
          {
          public:
            static TypeId GetTypeId (void);

            RateErrorModel ();
            virtual ~RateErrorModel ();
          };
          #endif

       A few things to note here. We need to include object.h. The convention in ns-3 is that  if
       the  header  file is co-located in the same directory, it may be included without any path
       prefix. Therefore, if we were implementing  ErrorModel  in  src/core/model  directory,  we
       could  have  just said “#include "object.h"”.  But we are in src/network/model, so we must
       include it as “#include "ns3/object.h"”. Note also that this goes  outside  the  namespace
       declaration.

       Second, each class must implement a static public member function called GetTypeId (void).

       Third,  it is a good idea to implement constructors and destructors rather than to let the
       compiler generate them, and to make the destructor virtual. In C++, note  also  that  copy
       assignment  operator  and copy constructors are auto-generated if they are not defined, so
       if you do not want those, you should implement those as private members.  This  aspect  of
       C++ is discussed in Scott Meyers’ Effective C++ book. item 45.

       Let’s now look at some corresponding skeletal implementation code in the .cc file.:

          #include "error-model.h"

          namespace ns3 {

          NS_OBJECT_ENSURE_REGISTERED (ErrorModel);

          TypeId ErrorModel::GetTypeId (void)
          {
            static TypeId tid = TypeId ("ns3::ErrorModel")
              .SetParent<Object> ()
              .SetGroupName ("Network")
              ;
            return tid;
          }

          ErrorModel::ErrorModel ()
          {
          }

          ErrorModel::~ErrorModel ()
          {
          }

          NS_OBJECT_ENSURE_REGISTERED (RateErrorModel);

          TypeId RateErrorModel::GetTypeId (void)
          {
            static TypeId tid = TypeId ("ns3::RateErrorModel")
              .SetParent<ErrorModel> ()
              .SetGroupName ("Network")
              .AddConstructor<RateErrorModel> ()
              ;
            return tid;
          }

          RateErrorModel::RateErrorModel ()
          {
          }

          RateErrorModel::~RateErrorModel ()
          {
          }

       What  is  the  GetTypeId (void) function? This function does a few things.  It registers a
       unique string into the TypeId system. It establishes  the  hierarchy  of  objects  in  the
       attribute system (via SetParent). It also declares that certain objects can be created via
       the object creation framework (AddConstructor).

       The macro NS_OBJECT_ENSURE_REGISTERED (classname) is needed also once for every class that
       defines  a new GetTypeId method, and it does the actual registration of the class into the
       system.  The Object-model chapter discusses this in more detail.

   Including External Files
   Logging Support
       Here, write a bit about adding |ns3| logging macros.  Note  that  LOG_COMPONENT_DEFINE  is
       done outside the namespace ns3

   Constructor, Empty Function Prototypes
   Key Variables (Default Values, Attributes)
   Test Program 1
   Object Framework
   Adding a Sample Script
       At  this point, one may want to try to take the basic scaffolding defined above and add it
       into the system. Performing this step now allows one to use a simpler model when  plumbing
       into  the  system  and  may also reveal whether any design or API modifications need to be
       made. Once this is done,  we  will  return  to  building  out  the  functionality  of  the
       ErrorModels themselves.

   Add Basic Support in the Class
          /* point-to-point-net-device.h */
            class ErrorModel;

            /**
             * Error model for receive packet events
             */
            Ptr<ErrorModel> m_receiveErrorModel;

   Add Accessor
          void
          PointToPointNetDevice::SetReceiveErrorModel (Ptr<ErrorModel> em)
          {
            NS_LOG_FUNCTION (this << em);
            m_receiveErrorModel = em;
          }

             .AddAttribute ("ReceiveErrorModel",
                             "The receiver error model used to simulate packet loss",
                             PointerValue (),
                             MakePointerAccessor (&PointToPointNetDevice::m_receiveErrorModel),
                             MakePointerChecker<ErrorModel> ())

   Plumb Into the System
          void PointToPointNetDevice::Receive (Ptr<Packet> packet)
          {
            NS_LOG_FUNCTION (this << packet);
            uint16_t protocol = 0;

            if (m_receiveErrorModel && m_receiveErrorModel->IsCorrupt (packet) )
              {
          //
          // If we have an error model and it indicates that it is time to lose a
          // corrupted packet, don't forward this packet up, let it go.
          //
                m_dropTrace (packet);
              }
            else
              {
          //
          // Hit the receive trace hook, strip off the point-to-point protocol header
          // and forward this packet up the protocol stack.
          //
                m_rxTrace (packet);
                ProcessHeader(packet, protocol);
                m_rxCallback (this, packet, protocol, GetRemote ());
                if (!m_promiscCallback.IsNull ())
                  {           m_promiscCallback (this, packet, protocol, GetRemote (),
                                GetAddress (), NetDevice::PACKET_HOST);
                  }
              }
          }

   Create Null Functional Script
          /* simple-error-model.cc */

            // Error model
            // We want to add an error model to node 3's NetDevice
            // We can obtain a handle to the NetDevice via the channel and node
            // pointers
            Ptr<PointToPointNetDevice> nd3 = PointToPointTopology::GetNetDevice
              (n3, channel2);
            Ptr<ErrorModel> em = Create<ErrorModel> ();
            nd3->SetReceiveErrorModel (em);

          bool
          ErrorModel::DoCorrupt (Packet& p)
          {
            NS_LOG_FUNCTION;
            NS_LOG_UNCOND("Corrupt!");
            return false;
          }

       At this point, we can run the program with our trivial ErrorModel plumbed into the receive
       path of the PointToPointNetDevice. It prints out the string  “Corrupt!”  for  each  packet
       received at node n3. Next, we return to the error model to add in a subclass that performs
       more interesting error modeling.

   Add a Subclass
       The trivial base class ErrorModel does not do anything  interesting,  but  it  provides  a
       useful base class interface (Corrupt () and Reset ()), forwarded to virtual functions that
       can be subclassed. Let’s next consider what we call a BasicErrorModel which  is  based  on
       the ns-2 ErrorModel class (in ns-2/queue/errmodel.{cc,h}).

       What  properties do we want this to have, from a user interface perspective? We would like
       for the user to be able to  trivially  swap  out  the  type  of  ErrorModel  used  in  the
       NetDevice. We would also like the capability to set configurable parameters.

       Here are a few simple requirements we will consider:

       · Ability to set the random variable that governs the losses (default is UniformVariable)

       · Ability  to  set the unit (bit, byte, packet, time) of granularity over which errors are
         applied.

       · Ability to set the rate of errors (e.g.  10^-3)  corresponding  to  the  above  unit  of
         granularity.

       · Ability to enable/disable (default is enabled)

   How to Subclass
       We declare BasicErrorModel to be a subclass of ErrorModel as follows,:

          class BasicErrorModel : public ErrorModel
          {
          public:
            static TypeId GetTypeId (void);
            ...
          private:
            // Implement base class pure virtual functions
            virtual bool DoCorrupt (Ptr<Packet> p);
            virtual bool DoReset (void);
            ...
          }

       and  configure  the  subclass  GetTypeId  function  by  setting a unique TypeId string and
       setting the Parent to ErrorModel:

          TypeId RateErrorModel::GetTypeId (void)
          {
            static TypeId tid = TypeId ("ns3::RateErrorModel")
              .SetParent<ErrorModel> ()
              .SetGroupName ("Network")
              .AddConstructor<RateErrorModel> ()
            ...

   Build Core Functions and Unit Tests
   Assert Macros
   Writing Unit Tests
   Adding a New Module to ns-3
       When you have created a group of  related  classes,  examples,  and  tests,  they  can  be
       combined  together into an ns-3 module so that they can be used with existing ns-3 modules
       and by other researchers.

       This chapter walks you through the steps necessary to add a new module to ns-3.

   Step 0 - Module Layout
       All modules can be found in the src directory.  Each module can be found  in  a  directory
       that has the same name as the module.  For example, the spectrum module can be found here:
       src/spectrum.  We’ll be quoting from the spectrum module for illustration.

       A prototypical module has the following directory structure and required files:

          src/
            module-name/
              bindings/
              doc/
              examples/
                wscript
              helper/
              model/
              test/
                examples-to-run.py
              wscript

       Not all directories will be present in each module.

   Step 1 - Create a Module Skeleton
       A python program is provided in the source directory that will create a skeleton for a new
       module.  For the purposes of this discussion we will assume that your new module is called
       new-module.  From the src directory, do the following to create the new module:

          $ ./create-module.py new-module

       Next, cd into new-module; you will find this directory layout:

          $ cd new-module
          $ ls
          doc examples  helper  model  test  wscript

       In more detail, the create-module.py script will create the directories as well as initial
       skeleton  wscript,  .h, .cc and .rst files.  The complete module with skeleton files looks
       like this:

          src/
            new-module/
              doc/
                new-module.rst
              examples/
                new-module-example.cc
                wscript
              helper/
                new-module-helper.cc
                new-module-helper.h
              model/
                new-module.cc
                new-module.h
              test/
                new-module-test-suite.cc
              wscript

       (If required the bindings/ directory listed in Step-0 will be created automatically during
       the build.)

       We  next  walk  through how to customize this module.  Informing waf about the files which
       make up your module is done by editing the two wscript files.  We will  walk  through  the
       main steps in this chapter.

       All  ns-3 modules depend on the core module and usually on other modules.  This dependency
       is specified in the wscript file (at the top level of the module, not the separate wscript
       file in the examples directory!).  In the skeleton wscript the call that will declare your
       new module to waf will look like this (before editing):

          def build(bld):
              module = bld.create_ns3_module('new-module', ['core'])

       Let’s assume that new-module depends on the internet, mobility, and aodv  modules.   After
       editing it the wscript file should look like:

          def build(bld):
              module = bld.create_ns3_module('new-module', ['internet', 'mobility', 'aodv'])

       Note  that  only first level module dependencies should be listed, which is why we removed
       core; the internet module in turn depends on core.

       Your module will most likely have model  source  files.   Initial  skeletons  (which  will
       compile successfully) are created in model/new-module.cc and model/new-module.h.

       If  your  module  will  have  helper  source  files,  then  they  will go into the helper/
       directory; again, initial skeletons are created in that directory.

       Finally, it is good practice to write tests and examples.  These will almost certainly  be
       required  for  new  modules to be accepted into the official ns-3 source tree.  A skeleton
       test suite and test case is created in the test/ directory.  The skeleton test suite  will
       contain  the  below  constructor,  which declares a new unit test named new-module, with a
       single test case consisting of the class NewModuleTestCase1:

          NewModuleTestSuite::NewModuleTestSuite ()
            : TestSuite ("new-module", UNIT)
          {
            AddTestCase (new NewModuleTestCase1);
          }

   Step 3 - Declare Source Files
       The public header and source code files for your new module should  be  specified  in  the
       wscript file by modifying it with your text editor.

       As an example, after declaring the spectrum module, the src/spectrum/wscript specifies the
       source code files with the following list:

          def build(bld):

            module = bld.create_ns3_module('spectrum', ['internet', 'propagation', 'antenna', 'applications'])

            module.source = [
                'model/spectrum-model.cc',
                'model/spectrum-value.cc',
                      .
                      .
                      .
                'model/microwave-oven-spectrum-value-helper.cc',
                'helper/spectrum-helper.cc',
                'helper/adhoc-aloha-noack-ideal-phy-helper.cc',
                'helper/waveform-generator-helper.cc',
                'helper/spectrum-analyzer-helper.cc',
                ]

       The objects resulting from compiling these sources will be assembled into a link  library,
       which will be linked to any programs relying on this module.

       But how do such programs learn the public API of our new module?  Read on!

   Step 4 - Declare Public Header Files
       The  header  files  defining  the  public  API  of  your  model and helpers also should be
       specified in the wscript file.

       Continuing with the spectrum model illustration, the public  header  files  are  specified
       with  the  following  stanza.   (Note  that  the argument to the bld function tells waf to
       install this module’s headers with the other ns-3 headers):

          headers = bld(features='ns3header')

          headers.module = 'spectrum'

          headers.source = [
              'model/spectrum-model.h',
              'model/spectrum-value.h',
                     .
                     .
                     .
              'model/microwave-oven-spectrum-value-helper.h',
              'helper/spectrum-helper.h',
              'helper/adhoc-aloha-noack-ideal-phy-helper.h',
              'helper/waveform-generator-helper.h',
              'helper/spectrum-analyzer-helper.h',
              ]

       Headers made public in this way will be accessible to users of  your  model  with  include
       statements like

          #include "ns3/spectrum-model.h"

       Headers used strictly internally in your implementation should not be included here.  They
       are still accessible to your implementation by include statements like

          #include "my-module-implementation.h"

   Step 5 - Declare Tests
       If your new module has tests, then  they  must  be  specified  in  your  wscript  file  by
       modifying it with your text editor.

       The spectrum model tests are specified with the following stanza:

          module_test = bld.create_ns3_module_test_library('spectrum')

          module_test.source = [
              'test/spectrum-interference-test.cc',
              'test/spectrum-value-test.cc',
              ]

       See Tests for more information on how to write test cases.

   Step 6 - Declare Examples
       If  your  new  module  has  examples, then they must be specified in your examples/wscript
       file.  (The skeleton top-level wscript will recursively include examples/wscript  only  if
       the examples were enabled at configure time.)

       The spectrum model defines it’s first example in src/spectrum/examples/wscript with

          def build(bld):
            obj = bld.create_ns3_program('adhoc-aloha-ideal-phy',
                                         ['spectrum', 'mobility'])
            obj.source = 'adhoc-aloha-ideal-phy.cc'

       Note  that the second argument to the function create_ns3_program() is the list of modules
       that the program being created depends on; again, don’t forget to  include  new-module  in
       the  list.   It’s  best  practice to list only the direct module dependencies, and let waf
       deduce the full dependency tree.

       Occasionally, for clarity, you may want to split the implementation for your example among
       several  source  files.   In  this  case,  just include those files as additional explicit
       sources of the example:

          obj = bld.create_ns3_program('new-module-example', [new-module])
          obj.source = ['new-module-example.cc', 'new-module-example-part.cc']

       Python examples are specified using the following function call.   Note  that  the  second
       argument  for  the  function  register_ns3_script() is the list of modules that the Python
       example depends on:

          bld.register_ns3_script('new-module-example.py', ['new-module'])

   Step 7 - Examples Run as Tests
       In addition to running explicit test code, the test framework can also be instrumented  to
       run  full  example programs to try to catch regressions in the examples.  However, not all
       examples are suitable for regression tests.  The file test/examples-to-run.py controls the
       invocation of the examples when the test framework runs.

       The     spectrum     model     examples     run    by    test.py    are    specified    in
       src/spectrum/test/examples-to-run.py using the following  two  lists  of  C++  and  Python
       examples:

          # A list of C++ examples to run in order to ensure that they remain
          # buildable and runnable over time.  Each tuple in the list contains
          #
          #     (example_name, do_run, do_valgrind_run).
          #
          # See test.py for more information.
          cpp_examples = [
              ("adhoc-aloha-ideal-phy", "True", "True"),
              ("adhoc-aloha-ideal-phy-with-microwave-oven", "True", "True"),
              ("adhoc-aloha-ideal-phy-matrix-propagation-loss-model", "True", "True"),
          ]

          # A list of Python examples to run in order to ensure that they remain
          # runnable over time.  Each tuple in the list contains
          #
          #     (example_name, do_run).
          #
          # See test.py for more information.
          python_examples = [
              ("sample-simulator.py", "True"),
          ]

       As  indicated  in  the comment, each entry in the C++ list of examples to run contains the
       tuple (example_name, do_run, do_valgrind_run), where

          · example_name is the executable to be run,

          · do_run is a condition under which to run the example, and

          · do_valgrind_run is a condition under which to run the example under valgrind.   (This
            is  needed  because  NSC causes illegal instruction crashes with some tests when they
            are run under valgrind.)

       Note that the two conditions are Python statements that can depend  on  waf  configuration
       variables.  For example,

          ("tcp-nsc-lfn", "NSC_ENABLED == True", "NSC_ENABLED == False"),

       Each  entry  in  the  Python  list  of  examples  to run contains the tuple (example_name,
       do_run), where, as for the C++ examples,

          · example_name is the Python script to be run, and

          · do_run is a condition under which to run the example.

       Again, the condition is a Python statement that can depend on waf configuration variables.
       For example,

          ("realtime-udp-echo.py", "ENABLE_REAL_TIME == False"),

   Step 8 - Configure and Build
       You  can  now  configure,  build and test your module as normal.  You must reconfigure the
       project as a first step so that waf caches the new information in your wscript  files,  or
       else your new module will not be included in the build.

          $ ./waf configure --enable-examples --enable-tests
          $ ./waf build
          $ ./test.py

       Look  for  your  new  module’s  test  suite  (and example programs, if your module has any
       enabled) in the test output.

   Step 9 - Python Bindings
       Adding Python bindings to your module is optional,  and  the  step  is  commented  out  by
       default in the create-module.py script.

          # bld.ns3_python_bindings()

       If  you  want  to  include  Python  bindings (needed only if you want to write Python ns-3
       programs instead of C++ ns-3 programs), you should uncomment the  above  and  install  the
       Python  API  scanning  system  (covered  elsewhere in this manual) and scan your module to
       generate new bindings.

   Creating Documentation
       ns-3 supplies two kinds of documentation:   expository  “user-guide”-style  chapters,  and
       source code API documentation.

       The  “user-guide” chapters are written by hand in reStructuredText format (.rst), which is
       processed by the Python documentation system Sphinx to generate web pages and  pdf  files.
       The API documentation is generated from the source code itself, using Doxygen, to generate
       cross-linked web pages.  Both of these are important:  the Sphinx chapters explain the why
       and overview of using a model; the API documentation explains the how details.

       This  chapter  gives  a  quick  overview  of  these tools, emphasizing preferred usage and
       customizations for ns-3.

       To build all the standard documentation:

          $ ./waf docs

       For more specialized options, read on.

   Documenting with Sphinx
       We use Sphinx to generate expository chapters describing the  design  and  usage  of  each
       module.  Right now you are reading the Documentation Chapter.  If you are reading the html
       version, the Show Source link in the sidebar will show you the reStructuredText source for
       this chapter.

   Adding New Chapters
       Adding a new chapter takes three steps (described in more detail below):

       1. Choose Where? the documentation file(s) will live.

       2. Link from an existing page to the new documentation.

       3. Add the new file to the Makefile.

   Where?
       Documentation for a specific module, foo, should normally go in src/foo/doc/.  For example
       src/foo/doc/foo.rst   would   be   the   top-level   document   for   the   module.    The
       src/create-module.py script will create this file for you.

       Some  models  require  several  .rst  files,  and  figures;  these  should  all  go in the
       src/foo/doc/ directory.  The docs are actually built by a Sphinx Makefile.  For especially
       involved  documentation,  it  may  be helpful to have a local Makefile in the src/foo/doc/
       directory to simplify building the documentation for this module (Antenna is an  example).
       Setting this up is not particularly hard, but is beyond the scope of this chapter.

       In some cases, documentation spans multiple models; the Network chapter is an example.  In
       these cases adding the .rst files directly to doc/models/source/ might be appropriate.

   Link
       Sphinx has to know where your new chapter should appear.   In  most  cases,  a  new  model
       chapter   should   appear   the   in  Models  book.   To  add  your  chapter  there,  edit
       doc/models/source/index.rst

          .. toctree::
             :maxdepth: 1

            organization
            animation
            antenna
            aodv
            applications
            ...

       Add the name of your document (without the .rst extension) to this list.  Please keep  the
       Model chapters in alphabetical order, to ease visual scanning for specific chapters.

   Makefile
       You  also have to add your document to the appropriate Makefile, so make knows to check it
       for updates.  The Models book Makefile is doc/models/Makefile, the Manual book Makefile is
       doc/manual/Makefile.

          # list all model library .rst files that need to be copied to $SOURCETEMP
          SOURCES = \
                  source/conf.py \
                  source/_static \
                  source/index.rst \
                  source/replace.txt \
                  source/organization.rst \
                  ...
                  $(SRC)/antenna/doc/source/antenna.rst \
                  ...

       You add your .rst files to the SOURCES variable.  To add figures, read the comments in the
       Makefile to see which variable should contain your image files.  Again, please keep  these
       in alphabetical order.

   Building Sphinx Docs
       Building   the   Sphinx   documentation  is  pretty  simple.   To  build  all  the  Sphinx
       documentation:

          $ ./waf sphinx

       To build just the Models documentation:

          $ make -C doc/models html

       To see the generated documentation point your browser at doc/models/build/html.

       As you can see, Sphinx uses Make to guide the process.   The  default  target  builds  all
       enabled  output  forms, which in ns-3 are the multi-page html, single-page singlehtml, and
       pdf (latex).  To build just the multi-page html, you add the html target:

          $ make -C doc/models html

       This can be helpful to reduce the build time (and the size of the build  chatter)  as  you
       are writing your chapter.

       Before  committing  your  documentation  to  the repo, please check that it builds without
       errors or warnings.  The build process generates lots of  output  (mostly  normal  chatter
       from  LaTeX),  which  can  make  it  difficult  to see if there are any Sphinx warnings or
       errors.  To find important warnings and errors build just the html  version,  then  search
       the build log for warning or error.

   ns-3 Specifics
       The  Sphinx  documentation  and  tutorial  are pretty good.  We won’t duplicate the basics
       here, instead focusing on preferred usage for ns-3.

       · Start documents with these two lines:

            .. include:: replace.txt
            .. highlight:: cpp

         The first line enables some simple replacements.  For example, typing |ns3|  renders  as
         ns-3.   The second sets the default source code highlighting language explicitly for the
         file, since the parser guess isn’t always accurate.  (It’s  also  possible  to  set  the
         language explicitly for a single code block, see below.)

       · Sections:

         Sphinx  is pretty liberal about marking section headings.  By convention, we prefer this
         hierarchy:

            .. heading hierarchy:
               ------------- Chapter
               ************* Section (#.#)
               ============= Subsection (#.#.#)
               ############# Sub-subsection

       · Syntax Highlighting:

         To use the default syntax highlighter, simply start a sourcecode block:

            ┌──────────────────────────────────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────┐
            │Sphinx Source                                 │ Rendered Output                 │
            ├──────────────────────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────┤
            │                                              │ The Frobnitz is accessed by:    │
            │            The ``Frobnitz`` is accessed by:: │                                 │
            │                                              │             Foo::Frobnitz frob; │
            │              Foo::Frobnitz frob;             │             frob.Set (...);     │
            │              frob.Set (...);                 │                                 │
            └──────────────────────────────────────────────┴─────────────────────────────────┘

         To use a specific syntax highlighter, for example, bash shell commands:

                          ┌─────────────────────────────────┬──────────────────┐
                          │Sphinx Source                    │ Rendered Output  │
                          ├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────┤
                          │                                 │                  │
                          │            .. sourcecode:: bash │             $ ls │
                          │                                 │                  │
                          │               $ ls              │                  │
                          └─────────────────────────────────┴──────────────────┘

       · Shorthand Notations:

         These shorthands are defined:

                               ┌────────────────────────┬─────────────────┐
                               │Sphinx Source           │ Rendered Output │
                               ├────────────────────────┼─────────────────┤
                               │                        │ ns-3            │
                               │            |ns3|       │                 │
                               ├────────────────────────┼─────────────────┤
                               │                        │ ns-2            │
                               │            |ns2|       │                 │
                               ├────────────────────────┼─────────────────┤
                               │                        │                 │
                               │            |check|     │                 │
                               ├────────────────────────┼─────────────────┤
                               │                        │ RFC 6282        │
                               │            :rfc:`6282` │                 │
                               └────────────────────────┴─────────────────┘

   Documenting with Doxygen
       We use Doxygen to generate browsable API documentation.   Doxygen  provides  a  number  of
       useful features:

       · Summary table of all class members.

       · Graphs of inheritance and collaboration for all classes.

       · Links to the source code implementing each function.

       · Links to every place a member is used.

       · Links to every object used in implementing a function.

       · Grouping of related classes, such as all the classes related to a specific protocol.

       In addition, we use the TypeId system to add to the documentation for every class

       · The Config paths by which such objects can be reached.

       · Documentation for any Attributes, including Attributes defined in parent classes.

       · Documentation for any Trace sources defined by the class.

       · The memory footprint for each class.

       Doxygen  operates  by scanning the source code, looking for specially marked comments.  It
       also creates a cross reference, indicating where each file, class, method, and variable is
       used.

   Preferred Style
       The preferred style for Doxygen comments is the JavaDoc style:

          /**
           *  Brief description of this class or method.
           *  Adjacent lines become a single paragraph.
           *
           *  Longer description, with lots of details.
           *
           *  Blank lines separate paragraphs.
           *
           *  Explain what the class or method does, using what algorithm.
           *  Explain the units of arguments and return values.
           *
           *  \note Note any limitations or gotchas.
           *
           *  (For functions with arguments or return valued:)
           *  \param [in] foo Brief noun phrase describing this argument. Note
           *                  that we indicate if the argument is input,
           *                  output, or both.
           *  \param [in,out] bar Note Sentence case, and terminating period.
           *  \param [in] baz Indicate boolean values with \c true or \c false.
           *  \return Brief noun phrase describing the value.
           *
           *  \internal
           *
           *  You can also discuss internal implementation details.
           *  Understanding this material shouldn't be necessary to using
           *  the class or method.
           */
           void ExampleFunction (const int foo, double & bar, const bool baz);

       In  this style the Doxygen comment block begins with two `*’ characters: /**, and precedes
       the item being documented.

       For items needing only a brief description, either of these short forms is appropriate:

          /** Destructor implementation. */
          void DoDispose ();

          int m_count;  //!< Count of ...

       Note the special form of the end of line comment, //!<, indicating that it refers  to  the
       preceding item.

       Some items to note:

       · Use sentence case, including the initial capital.

       · Use punctuation, especially `.’s at the end of sentences or phrases.

       ·

         The \brief tag is not needed; the first sentence will be
                used as the brief description.

       Every  class,  method, typedef, member variable, function argument and return value should
       be documented in all source code files which form the formal API  and  implementation  for
       ns-3,   such  as  src/<module>/model/*,  src/<module>/helper/*  and  src/<module>/utils/*.
       Documentation for items in src/<module>/test/* and src/<module>/examples/*  is  preferred,
       but not required.

   Useful Features
       · Inherited  members will automatically inherit docs from the parent, (but can be replaced
         by local documentation).

         1. Document the base class.

         2. In the sub class mark inherited functions with an ordinary comment:

              // Inherited methods
              virtual void FooBar (void);
              virtual int BarFoo (double baz);

           Note that the signatures have to match exactly, so include the formal argument (void)

           This doesn’t work for static functions; see GetTypeId, below, for an example.

   Building Doxygen Docs
       Building the Doxygen documentation is pretty simple:

          $ ./waf doxygen

       This builds using the default configuration, which generates  documentation  sections  for
       all  items,  even if they do not have explicit comment documentation blocks.  This has the
       effect of suppressing warnings for undocumented items, but makes sure  everything  appears
       in  the  generated  output,  which is usually what you want for general use.  Note that we
       generate documentation even for modules which are disabled, to make it easier to  see  all
       the features available in ns-3.

       When  writing  documentation,  it’s  often  more  useful to see which items are generating
       warnings, typically about missing documentation.  To see the full warnings list,  use  the
       doc/doxygen.warnings.report.sh script:

          $ doc/doxygen.warnings.report.sh

          doxygen.warnings.report.sh:
          Building and running print-introspected-doxygen...done.
          Rebuilding doxygen (v1.8.10) docs with full errors...done.

          Report of Doxygen warnings
          ----------------------------------------

          (All counts are lower bounds.)

          Warnings by module/directory:

          Count Directory
          ----- ----------------------------------
          3414 src/lte/model
          1532 src/wimax/model
           825 src/lte/test
          ....
             1 src/applications/test
           97 additional undocumented parameters.
          ----------------------------------------
           12460 total warnings
             100 directories with warnings

          Warnings by file (alphabetical)

          Count File
          ----- ----------------------------------
            15 examples/routing/manet-routing-compare.cc
            26 examples/stats/wifi-example-apps.h
            12 examples/tutorial/fifth.cc
          ....
            17 utils/python-unit-tests.py
          ----------------------------------------
             771 files with warnings

          Warnings by file (numerical)

          Count File
          ----- ----------------------------------
           273 src/lte/model/lte-rrc-sap.h
           272 src/core/model/simulator.h
           221 src/netanim/model/animation-interface.h
          ....
             1 src/wimax/model/ul-job.cc
          ----------------------------------------
             771 files with warnings

          Doxygen Warnings Summary
          ----------------------------------------
             100 directories
             771 files
           12460 warnings

       (This snippet has a lot of lines suppressed!)

       The  script  modifies the configuration to show all warnings, and to shorten the run time.
       (It shortens the run time primarily by disabling creation of diagrams, such as call trees,
       and  doesn’t  generate  documentation  for  undocumented  items,  in  order to trigger the
       warnings.)  As you can see, at this writing we have a  lot  of  undocumented  items.   The
       report summarizes warnings by module src/*/*, and by file, in alphabetically and numerical
       order.

       The script has a few options to pare things down and make the output more manageable.  For
       help, use the -h option.  Having run it once to do the Doxygen build and generate the full
       warnings log, you can reprocess the log file with various “filters,” without having to  do
       the  full  Doxygen  build  again  by  using  the -s option.  You can exclude warnings from
       */examples/* files (-e option), and/or */test/* files (-t).  Just to be clear, all of  the
       filter  options  do  the  complete  fast  doxygen  build; they just filter doxygen log and
       warnings output.

       Perhaps the most useful option when writing documentation comments is -m  <module>,  which
       will  limit  the  report to just files matching src/<module>/*, and follow the report with
       the actual warning lines.  Combine with -et and you can focus on  the  warnings  that  are
       most urgent in a single module:

          $ doc/doxygen.warnings.report.sh -m mesh/helper
          ...
          Doxygen Warnings Summary
          ----------------------------------------
            1 directories
            3 files
          149 warnings

          Filtered Warnings
          ========================================
          src/mesh/helper/dot11s/dot11s-installer.h:72: warning: Member m_root (variable) of class ns3::Dot11sStack is not documented.
          src/mesh/helper/dot11s/dot11s-installer.h:35: warning: return type of member ns3::Dot11sStack::GetTypeId is not documented
          src/mesh/helper/dot11s/dot11s-installer.h:56: warning: return type of member ns3::Dot11sStack::InstallStack is not documented
          src/mesh/helper/flame/lfame-installer.h:40: warning: Member GetTypeId() (function) of class ns3::FlameStack is not documented.
          src/mesh/helper/flame/flame-installer.h:60: warning: return type of member ns3::FlameStack::InstallStack is not documented
          src/mesh/helper/mesh-helper.h:213: warning: Member m_nInterfaces (variable) of class ns3::MeshHelper is not documented.
          src/mesh/helper/mesh-helper.h:214: warning: Member m_spreadChannelPolicy (variable) of class ns3::MeshHelper is not documented.
          src/mesh/helper/mesh-helper.h:215: warning: Member m_stack (variable) of class ns3::MeshHelper is not documented.
          src/mesh/helper/mesh-helper.h:216: warning: Member m_stackFactory (variable) of class ns3::MeshHelper is not documented.
          src/mesh/helper/mesh-helper.h:209: warning: parameters of member ns3::MeshHelper::CreateInterface are not (all) documented
          src/mesh/helper/mesh-helper.h:119: warning: parameters of member ns3::MeshHelper::SetStandard are not (all) documented

       Finally,  note  that undocumented items (classes, methods, functions, typedefs, etc. won’t
       produce documentation  when  you  build  with  doxygen.warnings.report.sh,  and  only  the
       outermost  item will produce a warning.  As a result, if you don’t see documentation for a
       class  method  in  the  generated  documentation,  the   class   itself   probably   needs
       documentation.

       Now it’s just a matter of understanding the code, and writing some docs!

   ns-3 Specifics
       As  for  Sphinx,  the  Doxygen docs and reference are pretty good.  We won’t duplicate the
       basics here, instead focusing on preferred usage for ns-3.

       · Use Doxygen Modules to group related items.

         In the main header for a module, create a Doxgyen group:

            /**
             *  \defgroup foo Foo protocol.
             *  Implementation of the Foo protocol.
             */

         The symbol foo is how other  items  can  add  themselves  to  this  group.   The  string
         following  that  will be the title for the group.  Any further text will be the detailed
         description for the group page.

       · Document each file, assigning it to the relevant group.  In a header file:

            /**
             *  \file
             *  \ingroup foo
             *  Class Foo declaration.
             */

         or in the corresponding .cc file:

            /**
             *  \file
             *  \ingroup foo
             *  Class FooBar implementation.
             */

       · Mark each associated class as belonging to the group:

            /**
             *  \ingroup foo
             *
             *  FooBar packet type.
            */
            class FooBar

       · Did you know typedefs can have formal arguments?  This enables documentation of function
         pointer signatures:

            /**
             *  Bar callback function signature.
             *
             *  \param ale The size of a pint of ale, in Imperial ounces.
             */
            typedef void (* BarCallback)(const int ale);

       · Copy  the  Attribute  help  strings  from  the  GetTypeId  method  to  use  as the brief
         descriptions of associated members.

       · \bugid{298} will create a link to bug 298 in our Bugzilla.

       · \p foo in a description will format foo the same as the \param foo parameter, making  it
         clear that you are referring to an actual argument.

       · \RFC{301} will create a link to RFC 301.

       · Document  the direction of function arguments with \param [in], etc.  The allowed values
         of the direction  token  are  [in],  [out],  and  [in,out]  (note  the  explicit  square
         brackets), as discussed in the Doxygen docs for \param.

       · Document template arguments with \tparam, just as you use \param for function arguments.

       · For template arguments, indicate if they will be deduced or must be given explicitly:

            /**
             * A templated function.
             * \tparam T \explicit The return type.
             * \tparam U \deduced The argument type.
             * \param [in] a The argument.
             */
            template <typename T, typename U> T Function (U a);

         · Use  \tparam  U  \deduced  because  the  type  U  can be deduced at the site where the
           template is invoked.  Basically deduction can only be done for function arguments.

         · Use \tparam T \explicit because the  type  T  can’t  be  deduced;  it  must  be  given
           explicitly at the invocation site, as in Create<MyObject> (...)

       · \internal  should be used only to set off a discussion of implementation details, not to
         mark private functions (they are already marked, as private!)

       · Don’t create classes with trivial names, such as class A, even in  test  suites.   These
         cause all instances of the class name literal `A’ to be rendered as links.

       As  noted above, static functions don’t inherit the documentation of the same functions in
       the  parent  class.   ns-3  uses  a  few  static  functions  ubiquitously;  the  suggested
       documentation block for these cases is:

       · Default constructor/destructor:

            MyClass ();   //!< Default constructor
            ~MyClass ();  //!< Destructor

       · Dummy destructor and DoDispose:

            /** Dummy destructor, see DoDispose. */
            ~MyClass ();

            /** Destructor implementation */
            virtual void DoDispose ();

       · GetTypeId:

            /**
             *  Register this type.
             *  \return The object TypeId.
             */
            static TypeId GetTypeId (void);

   Enabling Subsets of ns-3 Modules
       As with most software projects, ns-3 is ever growing larger in terms of number of modules,
       lines of code, and memory footprint.  Users, however, may only use a few of those  modules
       at  a  time.   For this reason, users may want to explicitly enable only the subset of the
       possible ns-3 modules that they actually need for their research.

       This chapter discusses how to enable only the ns-3 modules  that  you  are  interested  in
       using.

   How to enable a subset of ns-3’s modules
       If  shared  libraries  are  being  built,  then  enabling a module will cause at least one
       library to be built:

          libns3-modulename.so

       If the module has a test library and test libraries are being built, then

          libns3-modulename-test.so

       will be built, too.  Other modules that the module depends on  and  their  test  libraries
       will also be built.

       By default, all modules are built in ns-3.  There are two ways to enable a subset of these
       modules:

       1. Using waf’s –enable-modules option

       2. Using the ns-3 configuration file

   Enable modules using waf’s –enable-modules option
       To enable only the core module with example and tests, for example, try these commands:

          $ ./waf clean
          $ ./waf configure --enable-examples --enable-tests --enable-modules=core
          $ ./waf build
          $ cd build/debug/
          $ ls

       and the following libraries should be present:

          bindings  libns3-core.so       ns3      scratch  utils
          examples  libns3-core-test.so  samples  src

       Note the ./waf clean step is done here only to make it more obvious which module libraries
       were built.  You don’t have to do ./waf clean in order to enable subsets of modules.

       Running test.py will cause only those tests that depend on module core to be run:

          24 of 24 tests passed (24 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

       Repeat  the  above  steps  for  the “network” module instead of the “core” module, and the
       following will be built, since network depends on core:

          bindings  libns3-core.so       libns3-network.so       ns3      scratch  utils
          examples  libns3-core-test.so  libns3-network-test.so  samples  src

       Running test.py will cause those tests that depend on only the core and network modules to
       be run:

          31 of 31 tests passed (31 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

   Enable modules using the ns-3 configuration file
       A  configuration  file,  .ns3rc, has been added to ns-3 that allows users to specify which
       modules are to be included in the build.

       When enabling a subset of ns-3 modules, the precedence rules are as follows:

       1. the –enable-modules configure string overrides any .ns3rc file

       2. the .ns3rc file in the top level ns-3 directory is next consulted, if present

       3. the system searches for ~/.ns3rc if the above two are unspecified

       If none of the above limits the modules to be built, all modules that waf knows about will
       be built.

       The  maintained  version  of the .ns3rc file in the ns-3 source code repository resides in
       the utils directory.  The reason for this is if it were in the top-level directory of  the
       repository,  it  would  be  prone  to accidental checkins from maintainers that enable the
       modules they want to use.  Therefore, users need to manually  copy  the  .ns3rc  from  the
       utils  directory to their preferred place (top level directory or their home directory) to
       enable persistent modular build configuration.

       Assuming that you are in the top level ns-3 directory, you can get a copy  of  the  .ns3rc
       file that is in the utils directory as follows:

          $ cp utils/.ns3rc .

       The  .ns3rc  file  should  now  be  in  your top level ns-3 directory, and it contains the
       following:

          #! /usr/bin/env python

          # A list of the modules that will be enabled when ns-3 is run.
          # Modules that depend on the listed modules will be enabled also.
          #
          # All modules can be enabled by choosing 'all_modules'.
          modules_enabled = ['all_modules']

          # Set this equal to true if you want examples to be run.
          examples_enabled = False

          # Set this equal to true if you want tests to be run.
          tests_enabled = False

       Use your favorite editor to modify the .ns3rc file to only enable  the  core  module  with
       examples and tests like this:

          #! /usr/bin/env python

          # A list of the modules that will be enabled when ns-3 is run.
          # Modules that depend on the listed modules will be enabled also.
          #
          # All modules can be enabled by choosing 'all_modules'.
          modules_enabled = ['core']

          # Set this equal to true if you want examples to be run.
          examples_enabled = True

          # Set this equal to true if you want tests to be run.
          tests_enabled = True

       Only the core module will be enabled now if you try these commands:

          $ ./waf clean
          $ ./waf configure
          $ ./waf build
          $ cd build/debug/
          $ ls

       and the following libraries should be present:

          bindings  libns3-core.so       ns3      scratch  utils
          examples  libns3-core-test.so  samples  src

       Note the ./waf clean step is done here only to make it more obvious which module libraries
       were built.  You don’t have to do ./waf clean in order to enable subsets of modules.

       Running test.py will cause only those tests that depend on module core to be run:

          24 of 24 tests passed (24 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

       Repeat the above steps for the “network” module instead of  the  “core”  module,  and  the
       following will be built, since network depends on core:

          bindings  libns3-core.so       libns3-network.so       ns3      scratch  utils
          examples  libns3-core-test.so  libns3-network-test.so  samples  src

       Running test.py will cause those tests that depend on only the core and network modules to
       be run:

          31 of 31 tests passed (31 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

   Enabling/disabling ns-3 Tests and Examples
       The ns-3 distribution includes many examples and tests that are used to validate the  ns-3
       system.   Users, however, may not always want these examples and tests to be run for their
       installation of ns-3.

       This chapter discusses how to build ns-3 with or without its examples and tests.

   How to enable/disable examples and tests in ns-3
       There are 3 ways to enable/disable examples and tests in ns-3:

       1. Using build.py when ns-3 is built for the first time

       2. Using waf once ns-3 has been built

       3. Using the ns-3 configuration file once ns-3 has been built

   Enable/disable examples and tests using build.py
       You can use build.py to enable/disable examples and tests when ns-3 is built for the first
       time.

       By default, examples and tests are not built in ns-3.

       From  the ns-3-allinone directory, you can build ns-3 without any examples or tests simply
       by doing:

          $ ./build.py

       Running test.py in the top level ns-3 directory now will cause no examples or tests to  be
       run:

          0 of 0 tests passed (0 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

       If  you  would  like  build  ns-3  with examples and tests, then do the following from the
       ns-3-allinone directory:

          $ ./build.py --enable-examples --enable-tests

       Running test.py in the top level ns-3 directory will cause all of the examples  and  tests
       to be run:

          170 of 170 tests passed (170 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

   Enable/disable examples and tests using waf
       You can use waf to enable/disable examples and tests once ns-3 has been built.

       By default, examples and tests are not built in ns-3.

       From the top level ns-3 directory, you can build ns-3 without any examples or tests simply
       by doing:

          $ ./waf configure
          $ ./waf build

       Running test.py now will cause no examples or tests to be run:

          0 of 0 tests passed (0 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

       If you would like build ns-3 with examples and tests, then do the following from  the  top
       level ns-3 directory:

          $ ./waf configure --enable-examples --enable-tests
          $ ./waf build

       Running test.py will cause all of the examples and tests to be run:

          170 of 170 tests passed (170 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

   Enable/disable examples and tests using the ns-3 configuration file
       A  configuration file, .ns3rc, has been added to ns-3 that allows users to specify whether
       examples and tests should be built or not.   You  can  use  this  file  to  enable/disable
       examples and tests once ns-3 has been built.

       When enabling disabling examples and tests, the precedence rules are as follows:

       1. the –enable-examples/–disable-examples configure strings override any .ns3rc file

       2. the –enable-tests/–disable-tests configure strings override any .ns3rc file

       3. the .ns3rc file in the top level ns-3 directory is next consulted, if present

       4. the system searches for ~/.ns3rc if the .ns3rc file was not found in the previous step

       If none of the above exists, then examples and tests will not be built.

       The  maintained  version  of the .ns3rc file in the ns-3 source code repository resides in
       the utils directory.  The reason for this is if it were in the top-level directory of  the
       repository,  it  would  be  prone  to accidental checkins from maintainers that enable the
       modules they want to use.  Therefore, users need to manually  copy  the  .ns3rc  from  the
       utils  directory to their preferred place (top level directory or their home directory) to
       enable persistent enabling of examples and tests.

       Assuming that you are in the top level ns-3 directory, you can get a copy  of  the  .ns3rc
       file that is in the utils directory as follows:

          $ cp utils/.ns3rc .

       The  .ns3rc  file  should  now  be  in  your top level ns-3 directory, and it contains the
       following:

          #! /usr/bin/env python

          # A list of the modules that will be enabled when ns-3 is run.
          # Modules that depend on the listed modules will be enabled also.
          #
          # All modules can be enabled by choosing 'all_modules'.
          modules_enabled = ['all_modules']

          # Set this equal to true if you want examples to be run.
          examples_enabled = False

          # Set this equal to true if you want tests to be run.
          tests_enabled = False

       From the top level ns-3 directory, you can build ns-3 without any examples or tests simply
       by doing:

          $ ./waf configure
          $ ./waf build

       Running test.py now will cause no examples or tests to be run:

          0 of 0 tests passed (0 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

       If  you  would like build ns-3 with examples and tests, use your favorite editor to change
       the values in the .ns3rc file for examples_enabled and tests_enabled file to be True:

          #! /usr/bin/env python

          # A list of the modules that will be enabled when ns-3 is run.
          # Modules that depend on the listed modules will be enabled also.
          #
          # All modules can be enabled by choosing 'all_modules'.
          modules_enabled = ['all_modules']

          # Set this equal to true if you want examples to be run.
          examples_enabled = True

          # Set this equal to true if you want tests to be run.
          tests_enabled = True

       From the top level ns-3 directory, you can build ns-3 with examples and  tests  simply  by
       doing:

          $ ./waf configure
          $ ./waf build

       Running test.py will cause all of the examples and tests to be run:

          170 of 170 tests passed (170 passed, 0 skipped, 0 failed, 0 crashed, 0 valgrind errors)

   Troubleshooting
       This  chapter  posts  some information about possibly common errors in building or running
       ns-3 programs.

       Please note that the wiki (http://www.nsnam.org/wiki/Troubleshooting) may have contributed
       items.

   Build errors
   Run-time errors
       Sometimes,  errors  can  occur with a program after a successful build. These are run-time
       errors, and can commonly occur when memory is corrupted or pointer values are unexpectedly
       null.

       Here is an example of what might occur:

          $ ./waf --run tcp-point-to-point
          Entering directory '/home/tomh/ns-3-nsc/build'
          Compilation finished successfully
          Command ['/home/tomh/ns-3-nsc/build/debug/examples/tcp-point-to-point'] exited with code -11

       The  error  message  says  that the program terminated unsuccessfully, but it is not clear
       from this information what might be wrong. To examine more closely, try running  it  under
       the gdb debugger:

          $ ./waf --run tcp-point-to-point --command-template="gdb %s"
          Entering directory '/home/tomh/ns-3-nsc/build'
          Compilation finished successfully
          GNU gdb Red Hat Linux (6.3.0.0-1.134.fc5rh)
          Copyright 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
          GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are
          welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions.
          Type "show copying" to see the conditions.
          There is absolutely no warranty for GDB.  Type "show warranty" for details.
          This GDB was configured as "i386-redhat-linux-gnu"...Using host libthread_db
          library "/lib/libthread_db.so.1".

          (gdb) run
          Starting program: /home/tomh/ns-3-nsc/build/debug/examples/tcp-point-to-point
          Reading symbols from shared object read from target memory...done.
          Loaded system supplied DSO at 0xf5c000

          Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
          0x0804aa12 in main (argc=1, argv=0xbfdfefa4)
              at ../examples/tcp-point-to-point.cc:136
          136       Ptr<Socket> localSocket = socketFactory->CreateSocket ();
          (gdb) p localSocket
          $1 = {m_ptr = 0x3c5d65}
          (gdb) p socketFactory
          $2 = {m_ptr = 0x0}
          (gdb) quit
          The program is running.  Exit anyway? (y or n) y

       Note  first the way the program was invoked– pass the command to run as an argument to the
       command template “gdb %s”.

       This tells us that there was an attempt to dereference a null pointer socketFactory.

       Let’s look around line 136 of tcp-point-to-point, as gdb suggests:

          Ptr<SocketFactory> socketFactory = n2->GetObject<SocketFactory> (Tcp::iid);
          Ptr<Socket> localSocket = socketFactory->CreateSocket ();
          localSocket->Bind ();

       The culprit here is that the return value of GetObject is not being  checked  and  may  be
       null.

       Sometimes  you  may need to use the valgrind memory checker for more subtle errors. Again,
       you invoke the use of valgrind similarly:

          $ ./waf --run tcp-point-to-point --command-template="valgrind %s"

AUTHOR

       ns-3 project

COPYRIGHT

       2019, ns-3 project